<<

NIKOLAIBUKHARIN:ALTERNATIVEORINTERREGNUM? by AnthonyStephenNovosel BachelorofArts,UniversityofPittsburgh,1989 MasterofArts,UniversityofPittsburgh,1991 SubmittedtotheGraduateFacultyof TheFacultyofArtsandSciencesinpartialfulfillment oftherequirementsforthedegreeofDoctorofPhilosophy UniversityofPittsburgh 2005 UNIVERSITYOFPITTSBURGH FACULTYOFARTSANDSCIENCES Thisdissertationwaspresented by AnthonyStephenNovosel Itwasdefendedon September16,2005 andapprovedby Dr.JonathanHarris,AssociateProfessor,PoliticalScience Dr.OrysiaKarapinka,AssociateProfessor,History Dr.JosephWhite,AssociateProfessor,History Dr.WilliamChase,Professor,History DissertationDirector

ii

NIKOLAIBUKHARIN:ALTERNATIVEORINTERREGNUM? AnthonyStephenNovosel,Ph.D. UniversityofPittsburgh,2005 ThisdissertationexaminestheclaimsthatNikolaiBukharinwasaninconsistentMarxist

,attimes“unMarxist”inhisthinkingwhoradicallyalteredhispoliticalphilosophy

tojustifyhissupportforsuchdifferentpolicies asWarandtheNew Economic

Policy. It also investigates the validity of the accepted wisdom that Bukharin represented a

“liberal”alternativetoStalinandwithinandthat,by1925,hehadmoved

totheRightoftheParty.

Thisstudybeginsbyexaminingtheconflictingvisionsofthestateandtheevolutionary

andstrainswithin.ItthenstudiestheworksofthoseMarxistthinkers,of

the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, whoseworkonthestate,revolutionandthe

transitiontosignificantlyinfluencedBukharin’swork.Finally,itsubjectsBukharin’s

majortheoreticalworkson,revolutionandtheroleofthestateinthetransitionto

socialism,between19151925,toanindepthanalysistodeterminethe validityoftheclaims

madeaboutBukharinandhisworks.

WhileonecanstillarguethatBukharinmayhaveacteddifferentlyfromStalinoncein power,thisdissertationdemonstratesthatBukharinwasconsistentinhistheoreticalworkonthe

revolution and the transition to socialism. This study also conclusively demonstrates that

iii BukharinwaslocatedwithintheheartofbothMarxismandBolshevismanddidnotmovetothe

RightduringtheNEP.ItclearlyshowsthatBukharin’ssupportforWarCommunismandthe

NEPfloweddirectlyfromhisoriginalsynthesisof the revolutionary and evolutionary strains within Marxism, and the need for a powerful, proletarian state, “The Dictatorship of the

Proletariat,”that would managetheof antagonistic petitbourgeois elements into socialism, build socialism economically, and do whatever was necessary to protect the

Revolution from its internal and external enemies. Thus, in reality, Bukharin, the “liberal alternative,”providedthephilosophicalfoundationandjustificationfortheuseofunlimitedstate power, which in the hands of Stalin led to the “Revolution from Above” and from this perspectiveonecanlocateBukharinasthephilosophicalinterregnumbetweenLeninandStalin.

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFACE...... vii

INTRODUCTION ...... 1

1. THESTATEINMARXISTTHEORY...... 19

1.1. Introduction...... 19

1.2. WhichMarx?WhichMarxism?...... 20

2. RETHINKINGTHEROADTOSOCIALISM...... 32

2.1. Introduction...... 32

2.1.1. EduardBernsteinandEvolutionarySocialism ...... 36

2.1.2. RudolfHilferdingandFinance...... 44

3. BUKHARINANDTHEIMPERIALISTSTATE:19141917 ...... 51

3.1. Introduction...... 51

3.2. EarlyWritings...... 53

3.2.1. EconomicTheoryoftheLeisureClass...... 54

3.3. BukharinandStateCapitalism...... 57

3.4. TheGreatWar,StateCapitalismandImperialism ...... 59

3.4.1. ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy...... 62

3.4.2. “TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState”...... 75

4. THEREVOLUTIONARYROADTOSOCIALISM ...... 84

4.1. Introduction...... 84

v 4.2. BukharinandRevolutionaryRoadtoSocialism...... 85

4.2.1. TheABCofCommunism...... 90

4.2.2. ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod...... 99

4.2.3. HistoricalMaterialism ...... 108

5. NEP:THEEVOLUTIONARYROADTOSOCIALISM ...... 119

5.1. Introduction...... 119

5.2. “TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy” ...... 121

5.3. TheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance...... 129

6. BUKHARINISM:REVOLUTIONARYANDEVOLUTIONARYMARXISM...... 137

6.1. Introduction...... 137

6.2. “LeninasaMarxist”...... 138

CONCLUSION...... 146

BIBLIOGRAPHY...... 152

vi

PREFACE

No one can write a dissertation alone and this dissertation is clear evidence of that. Many,manypeopleareresponsibleforthisfinishedworkandthisismyhumbleattempttothank themall. Iwouldfirstandforemost,liketoexpressmygratitudetomycommittee.Theyhavebeen absolutelymarvelousandagreathelptomesincemyundergraduateyears.IcanneverrepayDr. WilliamChase’skindness,friendship,support,helpandguidancefrommyundergraduateyears throughthisdissertation.WithouthimasmyChair,mentor,andfriend,thisdissertationwould simplynotexist.ManywasthetimeIwasreadytogiveupbuthewasalwaystheretoencourage me,providemewithhelp,ideas,suggestionsandmostimportantlyhisandhisfamily’ssupport andfriendship.HewentbeyondthedutiesofaChairandIamforeverindebtedtohim.Dr. Orysia Karapinka’s great humor and wonderful friendship, her excellent recommendations in books,herprobingquestionsandherfaithinmeasateacherandscholarkeptmegoingoverthe years. The improvement in my writing, which enabled me to complete this dissertation, is directlyattributabletoherpersistenceandhardwork.IcanneverproperlythankDr.Jonathan Harrisforhisfriendshipandallhehasdoneforme.Manyisthetimehesatdownwithmeonhis owntimetodiscussnotjustthedissertation,butmanyothertopics.Byhisverytoughquestions, hiseyefordetail,hisrecommendationsonreadingsandhisabilitytomakemethinkthroughmy positions,hemademedisciplinemyself,intellectually,sothatIunderstoodexactlywhatIwas reading,thinkingandwriting.Withoutthatintellectualdiscipline,andhissupportnoonewould bereadingthisdissertationnow.Dr.JosephWhiteprovidedmewithfriendshipandhisvaluable time to use him as a sounding board where I could bounce various ideas off him and take advantageofhisgreatknowledgeofMarxandMarxism.Iparticularlyappreciateallthetimes he just stopped by my table and carried on spontaneous conversations that helped me think through my ideas. Those times and conversations provided me with ideas and insights that enabledmetofinishthisdissertation. I cannot leave out the Advising Center and all the Advisors there who supported me throughtheyears.Inparticular,IhavetothankBarbara Mellix, the director of the Advising Center.Withouthersupportandherunderstandingofthisprocess,Iwouldneverhavehadthe opportunitytorestartthisdissertation,letalonefinishit.Icanneverrepayherforthissupport and can never thank her enough. Mary Beth Favorite also deserves thanks. She has been unwaveringinhersupportandfriendshipandmademylifesomucheasier.AdrianGonzalesand MaggieSchneideralsodeservethanksforalltheirhelpwhileIworkedonthis.TheAdvising Centerstaff,JenniferStapel, BrandySmolnik,PeterCristobal,DonnaWalker,andKassandra Sapienza,deservesspecialmentionastheirsupport,andinparticular,theirfriendshipmadeit easiertofinishthisdissertation.

vii Tomygraduatestudent“comrades,”inparticular,BernieHagertyandScottSmith,Igive heartythanks.Bernie’sfriendshipandconstantsupportoverthelasttwoyearswereinvaluable. Scott Smith’s friendship, both personal and intellectual, kept my mind active and kept my interestinfinishingthedissertationalive.Withouthiminmyearlyyearsofgraduateschool, particularlyinthelegendary“RedCorner”IdonotthinkIwouldhavefinishedthis. SpecialthankstoJoeChiodo,thestaffandthepeople of Chiodo’s Tavern, especially Josh Comer. We went through it all together. Grateful thanks are in order to Mary Ellen Callahanandthe“PTSCrew.”ThankstoHeatherMull,ChrisPotterandtheCityPaperstaff. ThanksalsotoTomHenry,myfirstadvisor,whoputmeontherightpath. Frank Christy, in particular, deserves special thanks. Without his friendship, his encouragement,andhissupport,Iwouldprobablyhavenevergonetocollege.JohnCunningham andJimReganfromBethanyCollege,BobJanosko,RonSchuchertandthePAWestODPStaff werecentraltothecompletionofthisdissertation.IoweagreatdebttoMinchoff,Gary Bence,GilDamico,andBillMoushey,greatfriends all,whohelpedmakemyundergraduate degreepossiblebyprovidingmewithworkandtheirsupport.AliceChiaodeservesveryspecial recognitionasshewaswithmefromthestartandhelpedmethroughsomeverydifficulttimes. VeryspecialandgratefulthanksgotoStephanieHanville.Sheputupwithagreatdeal andprovidedmewithinvaluablefriendship,support,andencouragementinrestarting,editing, andcompletingthisdissertation. IcannotthankallthestudentsIhavehadinmyvariousclassesenough.Theyprovided mewithagreatdealofknowledgeandinspiration.SpecialthankstotheAllderdiceGirlsSoccer teamsof19791986.Theyinspiredmeandplayedacentralroleinmydecisiontostartcollege. I would also like to thank all my friends, in Northern Ireland, the Netherlands, and whoprovidedmewithfriendship,encouragement,andsupportthroughoutmylifeand thiswork.SpecialthankstoMichelleandTonyMarkenandfamilyforopeningtheirheartsand theirhometomeeveryyear.SpecialandwarmthankstoMartinaMcComish.Shehasbeen wonderfulandaninspirationinthisendeavorandinmylife.AheartythankstoPatsyandEilish Hennessey, whowere alwayswillingtotalkpoliticsandhistory andchallengeme. Grateful thankstoMonicaMcWilliamsforalwaysbelievinginme.TotheBEITeaminBelfast,Brian, Tony,Raymond,Pauline,Pauline,Patricia,Steven,Jackie,ClaireandCiaran,foralltheyhave done for me. Thanks to Gabrielle McComish, Desi McComish, Isabelle Peper and Rob Wardenaar, Gro and Brage Espeseth, Tony and Karen Kearney, Eddie and Maria Maguire, JohnnyGrowcott,DavidCapper,CarmelandToneHoenink,Una,Carol,Wendy,Jean,David, Malcolm,Kim,TheNorthland LadyRaiders,RosarioFootballClubandmany,manymore I cannot fit here. Your friendship, encouragement, intellectual challenges, and support were crucialincompletingthiswork. Lastbutnotleast,Iwanttothankmyentirefamily.IcannotthankmybrotherMikeand mysisters,RoseRushandAnitaCalbertenoughfortheirsupportinthisendeavor.Mike,in particularchallengedmeintellectuallyovertheyears,andforcedmetothinkthroughmyideas. IoweadebttomymotherMildredthatcanneverberepaid.Iamsorryshedidnotlivetosee

viii this.Iowemyfather,Tony,eternalgratitude.Hereallyputupwithagreatdealfrommeover theyears,bothinandoutofcollege.Yet,healwaysprovidedsupportandwasneverjudgmental inwhatIdid.Thisallowedmetofindmyownwayandtofindmywayhere. Finally,thankyoutoallthepeoplenamedaboveandmanyotherswhosavedmefrom manyerrorsinmylifeandthiswork.Theerrorsthatdoremaininbotharemyresponsibility alone.

ix

INTRODUCTION

NikolaiIvanovichBukharinbeganhisrisetoprominenceinrevolutionarycirclesatthe

age of 16, when he became involved in the revolutionary student movement at

University during the 1905 Revolution. This began his development into a revolutionary

MarxistBolshevikand,withinayear,hehadjoinedtheBolshevikfactionoftheRussianSocial

Democratic Workers’ Party (RSDRP). 1Fromthestart,hetookanactivepoliticalrole in the

PartyasanorganizerandasapropagandistamongworkersinMoscow,aroleheperformeduntil

histhirdarrestbyTsaristauthoritiesforrevolutionaryactivity.BukharinthenfledtoEuropein

1912, where he met Lenin, continued to study economics, and worked with various socialist

groups.Eventually BukharinmadehiswaytotheUnited States in 1916, where he became,

along with Leon Trotsky, an editor of a Russian language newspaper and organized various

socialistgroups. 2

Itwasin1915,duringthisperiodofexile,thatBukharinfirmlyestablishedhisreputation withintheBolshevikPartyasaleadingtheoreticianwiththepublication,in1915,ofImperialism and the World Economy .3 Following its publication, Bukharin’s theories began to play a

significant role in the development of Bolshevik party theory and policy. His early works,

ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy and“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState,”4writtenin

1StephenF.Cohen,BukharinandtheBolshevikRevolution (NY:OxfordUniversityPress,1974),910. 2 SidneyHeitman,“BetweenLeninandStalin:NikolaiBukharin,”in:EssaysontheHistoryof MarxistIdeas ,ed.LeopoldLabedz(NewYork:Praeger,1962),7790. 3NikolaiBukharin,ImperialismandWorldEconomy (NY:M.Lawrence,1930) 4NikolaiBukharin,“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState”inN.I.Bukharin:SelectedWritingsonthe

1 1916, preceded Lenin’s own work on imperialism and significantly influenced Bolshevik thinkingonhowimperialismreflectedthechangesincapitalism,particularlythedevelopmentof state capitalism. Bukharin’s analysis would play a significant role in the early revolutionary period(19171918)asthesoughttounderstandthedevelopmentofimperialism,the outbreakoftheGreatWar,thedevelopmentofstatecapitalism,andhowthesedevelopments couldandwouldleadtorevolution.

Bukharin’stheoreticalworkduringtheCivilWarperiodwasnolessimportant.In1919, heandEvgeniiPreobrazhenskiicoauthoredTheABCofCommunism ,5apopularexplanationof thePartyProgrammeadoptedattheEighthPartyCongressthatcontainedbothrevolutionaryand evolutionarypolices.Then,in1920,hewrotewhatStephenCohenconsidershismostradical work,ThePoliticsandEconomicsofTransitionPeriod .6Thatthisworkwassoradicalisno

surprisewhenoneconsidersthatBukharinwroteitinthemidstoftheCivilWarand,asCohen pointsout,“justaswarcommunismwasapproachingitsapogee.” 7AlthoughBukharinwrotethis

foraparticularperiodofRevolutionary’shistoryCohenwritesthat“in1928,Pokrovski,

thedoyenofhistoriansciteditasoneofthe...greatBolshevikachievementsin“social

science”sincetherevolution.” 8AyearlaterhepublishedHistoricalMaterialism ,9aworkthat expounded“aproletariansociology,knownas ,”thatenabledtheworking class to find “its bearings in the most complicated questions in social life and in the class

StateandtheTransitiontoSocialism .ed.,trans.RichardB.Day(NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1982),633. 5NikolaiBukharinandEvgeniiPreobrazhenskii,TheABCofCommunism (AnnArbor:Universityof MichiganPress,1966) 6NikolaiBukharin,ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod ,trans.OliverField,ed.Kenneth J.Tarbuck(London:Routledge&KeganPaulLtd.,1979) 7Cohen,BukharinandtheBolshevikRevolution ,87. 8Ibid,88.CohenpointsoutthatPokrovskialsocitedLenin’sStateandRevolution ,408. 9NikolaiBukharin,HistoricalMaterialism: ASystemof Sociology ,EditedbyAlfredG.Meyer,(Ann Arbor:UniversityofMichiganPress,1969)

2 struggle.”10 (Emphasisinoriginal) Bukharinwrotethatheintendedthatthisbookexpoundand

developthistheorytopredictcorrectly“theconductofthevariousparties,groups,andclassesin

thegreattransformationthroughwhichhumanityisnowpassing.” 11

Bukharin’sworkspublishedafterHistoricalMaterialism ,“TheNewCourseinEconomic

Policy”12 (1921)andTheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance 13 (1925),playeda significantroleintheevolutionandtheoreticaljustificationoftheNewEconomicPolicy(NEP).

HistheoreticalworkhereplacedBukharinattheverycenterofthedebatewithinthePartyover the“properroadtosocialism,”and,foratime,made him the leading theoretician within the

Party.

However,afterBukharin’spoliticaldefeatin1929,hisworkslayvirtuallyignoredinthe

West,thecommunistworld,andtheSovietCommunistPartyformorethanthreedecades.This changedinthesixtieswhenSovietreformerslookingtorevitalizetheirmoribundeconomy, and

WesternandSoviethistorians lookingforalternative“pathstosocialism”intheaftermathofde

Stalinization,rediscoveredandbegantostudyBukharinandhistheories.Thisledtothegrowth ofamodest,butinfluential,literaturedealingwithBukharinandhisphilosophicalsystem.

Withthis“rediscovery,”thediscussionregardingBukharin'sphilosophicalcontributions

andtheproperinterpretationofhispoliticalphilosophybegananew,andacriticalconsensusof

Bukharinandhistheoreticalworkgradually, yetsteadily, emerged. 14 RoyMedvedevledthe

10 NikolaiBukharin,“NikolaiBukharin:HistoricalMaterialismAsystemofsociology –Introduction:The Practical Importance of the Social Sciences,” Nikolai BukharinWriters Archive, n.d., http://www.marxists.org/archive/bukharin/works/1921/histmat/intro.htm#a(7March2005). 11 Ibid,(7March2005). 12 NikolaiBukharin,“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy”inN.I.Bukharin:SelectedWritingsonthe StateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,trans.,ed.RichardB.Day(NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1982),209294. 13 NikolaiBukharin,“TheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance”inSelectedWritingson theStateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,109151. 14 See,inparticular,LeonDeutscher,TheProphetUnarmed:Trotsky19211929 (NY:OxfordUniversity Press,1980);RichardB.Day,N.I.Bukharin:SelectedWritingsontheStateandtheTransitiontoSocialism (NY: M.E.Sharpe,1982);E.H.Carr,SocialisminOneCountry:19241926 (NY:MacmillanBooks,1960);George

3 wayintheSovietUnionin1980withhisBukharin:TheLastYears .15 Medvedevdidnothave accesstoagreatdealofinformationonBukharinandreliedheavilyonWesternscholarshipto writethisbook. 16 However,heembarkedonthisworkwithaneyetoaddressingtheneed,ashe

saw it, to encourage further research on Bukharin and his legacy.17 In the West, although

historianshadbrieflyexaminedBukharin’slegacyinthesixties,StephenF.Cohenledtheway

inreevaluatingthe“BukharinAlternative”in1974withhislandmarkwork,Bukharinandthe

BolshevikRevolution .18

AlthoughMedvedevrecognizesBukharin’sconflictinglegacy,hebelievesthatwhenone talksaboutBukharin,“wearespeakingofoneofthemosteminentleadersandtheoreticiansof the Bolsheviks, a man who had become deservedly famous long before the Revolution.” 19

MedvedevplacesBukharinastheleadingtheoristwithinthePartyandtheonewhodraftedthe

“generalpartyline”afterLenin’sdeath.Yeteightyearsearlier,inhisopusLetHistoryJudge:

The Origins and Consequences of Stalinism , Medvedev took issue with Bukharin’s

understandingoftheNEP.Hewritesthat“Bukharin’sunderstandingofNEPwasdebatable,”

thatBukharinhad “noclear,preciseanswertothe question how to move the peasant village

towardsocialism,”andthathisdiscussionsregardingthegrowthoftheintosocialismwere

Katkov,TheTrialofBukharin (NY:SteinandDay,1969);MosheLewin,PoliticalUndercurrentsintheSoviet EconomicDebate (NJ:PrincetonUniversityPress,1974). Although notofallthese worksdeal withBukharin, specificallytheydoallowustoseehowhistoriansviewBukharinhistorically. 15 RoyMedvedev,NikolaiBukharin:TheLastYears ,trans.A.D.P.Briggs(NY:W.W.Norton,1980) Medvedev’sbiographywastheonlySovietstudyonBukharinuntil1988.Evenatthat,itappearedonlyintheWest andcirculatedintheUSSRas“Samizdat.”SovietreformersoftenreferredtoBukharin'stheoriesandpoliciesbut couldnotcitehimastheirsourceuntilhisin1988.Thiswasparticularlytrueduringthetimeofthe Kosygin reforms. Bukharin's work also clearly influenced Tatyana Zaslavskaya and Abel Aganbegyan, the two leadingreformisttheoreticiansunderGorbachev.SeeAbelAganbegyan,InsidePerestroika ,trans.HelenSzamuely. (NY:HarperandRow,1989)andTatyanaZaslavskaya,TheSecondSocialistRevolution ,trans.SusanM.Davies withJennyWarren(London:Tauris,1990) 16 Ibid,Bukharin ,910. 17 Ibid,911. 18 StephenF.Cohen,BukharinandtheBolshevikRevolution (NewYork:OxfordUniversityPress,1974) 19 Medvedev,Bukharin ,7.

4 mistaken.” 20 Inhisconclusion,Medvedevwrites,“someofhis[Bukharin’s]worksareclearly

obsolete...apartofhisworkmaynowappearinchoateorsuperficial.” 21 Still,forMedvedev,

BukharinrepresentedanalternativetoStalinandStalinism.HewritesthatBukharinattempted tofindanalternativetothe“left”tendencyinthepartyandquotesSidneyHeitman,whoargues that,“ItmaybenotedthathadBukharin’sviewsratherthanStalin’sprevailedafter1928,they wouldhaveyieldedradicallydifferentresultsthanthosethatfollowedfromStalin’scourse.”22

LeninhimselfhadcharacterizedBukharinasascholasticthinker,aweakdialectician,and

assomeonewhowasunMarxistinhisapproachtopoliticsandeconomics. 23 AntonioGramsci,

inhisworkTheModernPrince,24 agreedwithLenin’sassessment.Hewrote:

he [Bukharin] no longer understands the importance and significance of the ,whichisdegradedfrombeingadoctrineofconsciousnessandtheinner substanceofhistoryandthescienceofpolitics,intobeingasubspeciesofformal logicandelementaryscholasticism. 25 Gramsci also argued that Bukharin lacked “any clear and precise idea of what Marxism itself

is,”26 andharshlycriticizedBukharinforturningMarxismintoasociologythat“representsthe crystallisationofthedeterioratingtendencies...whichconsistofreducingaconceptionofthe world into a mechanical formula.”27 Because of this, Gramsci characterized Bukharin as a

secondrank Marxist theoretician writing of Bukharin, “It [this reductionism] has been the

greatestincentiveforthefacilejournalisticimprovisationsofsuperficially“brilliant”men.”28

20 RoyMedvedev,LetHistoryJudge:TheOriginsandConsequencesofStalinism ,trans.ColleenTaylor; ed.DavidJoravskyandGeorgesHaupt(NewYork:VintageBooks,1973),6566. 21 Medvedev,Bukharin ,166. 22 Ibid, 166167. Although here Heitman argues that Bukharin would have acted very differently than Stalinonceinpower,healsoconcludesthatBukharin’sphilosophicalworkwascrucialtoStalinandStalinism. 23 Cohen,104105.HereCohenquotesLenin,whosaid ofBukharinthat he “has neverstudiedand,I think,neverfullyunderstood.”Leninalsousedtheterm“softwax”whendescribingBukharin,andmany historianshaveacceptedhischaracterizationofBukharin. 24 AntonioGramsci,TheModernPrince:AndOtherWritings (London:LawrenceandWishart,1957) 25Ibid,99. 26 Ibid,97. 27 Ibid,94. 28 Ibid,94.

5 IntheWesternhistoriographyofBukharin,somehistoriansacceptedthesedescriptions andalsocharacterizeBukharinas“softwax”andquestionhiscredentialsasaMarxistandalsoa

Leninist. 29 Stillothers,suchasE.H.Carr,MosheLewin,RichardDay,and IsaacDeutscher, accuse Bukharin of being, in Day’s words, a “theoretical extremist,” “a liberal rather than a

Marxisttheorist,”30 ofsplittingtheBolshevikpartyandevenofunwittinglypavingthewayfor

StalinbycontributingtoTrotsky’spoliticaldefeat. 31

ThesescholarsagreethatBukharin’scredentialsasaMarxistthinkerareopentoquestion and that he was guilty of many political errors, and some even labeled him a “liberal” or a

“theoreticalextremist.” 32 Yet,noneofthesewritershassoughttounderstandthephilosophical

foundationthatunderpinnedBukharin’ssupport for the radical,revolutionarypoliciesofWar

Communism (19181921) and then the gradualist and evolutionary policies of the New

Economic Policy (NEP) (19211928). Instead, they have received the accepted wisdom,

reinforcedbyStephenF.Cohen'sclaimsthat,asSovietpolicieschangedfromWarCommunism

totheNEP,Bukharinrethoughtandradicallyalteredhispoliticalphilosophytosuitthepolicies

oftheday.

ThisallegedvoltefaceisthecentralthemeofStephen Cohen's book, Bukharin and the

BolshevikRevolution .CohenpresentsBukharinasa“WesternStyleLiberal”anda“humanist,”

as someone who, because of ethical and humanitarianconcerns,shiftedhissupportfromWar

29 Deutscher,8283,290.Cohen’sbook,inparticular,givesthereaderthesensethatBukharinwassome sortofWesternstyleliberal.Katkov,inTheTrialofBukharin ,2627,arguesthatthereissomemerittoTrotsky's evaluation. With only minor reservations, he quotes Trotsky's view of Bukharin. “The character of the man [Bukharin] is such that he always needs to lean on somebody...Bukharinissimplyamediumthrough whom somebodyelsespeaksandacts.” 30 Richard B. Day, “The New Leviathan: Bukharin’s Contribution to the Theory of the State and the Transition to Socialism,” introduction to N.I. Bukharin: Selected Writings on the State and the Transition To Socialism (NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1982),xxxii,lv. 31 Ibid,xxxii;SeealsoDeutscher,242246,27394.;Lewin,10,68;Carr,134166. 32 Whetherhewasrightorwronginhissupportofthesepoliciesisnotthepointofthisstudy.Thefocus hereistounderstandhisconceptionofthestate,sothatwecanunderstandhissupportofthedifferentpoliciesinthe differentperiods.

6 Communism and became the leading proponent of the NEP. 33 Jonathan J. Bean argues that

CohenadvocatedtheBukharinalternativeinSoviethistory,whichCohendefinedas

market socialism, balanced growth, evolutionary development, civil peace, a mixedagriculturalsector,andtoleranceofsocialandpoliticalpluralismwiththe frameworkoftheonepartystate. 34 Inotherwords,CohenpositsthatBukharin,becauseofthisaboutfaceandthismoveawayfrom extremismduringtheNEP,representedanalternativetotheStalinistpathinSovietHistory.

After analyzing and comparing Bukharin’s writings,onWarCommunism,andtheNEP,

Cohen concludes that during War Communism, Bukharin, like many others in the party, fell victimtothe“generaleuphoria”ofWarCommunismandsharedtheunrealisticbeliefthatthis policy could serve as the vehicle for the transition to socialism. He also contends that

Bukharin’s 1920 treatise, The Politics and Economics of the Transition Period , in which

BukharinwholeheartedlysupportedthepoliciesofWarCommunism,standsasanexampleof

Bukharin’ssubjugationofpoliticaltheorytothepoliticsofthemoment.Itwas,Cohenargues,

“aliterarymonumenttothecollectivefolly[WarCommunism]...atractgroundedintheworst erroroftheperiod,thebeliefthatCivilWarlaysbarethetruephysiognomyofsociety.” 35

AccordingtoCohen,Bukharincouldonlyembracethe principles of the New Economic

Policyoncehehadacknowledgedhis“errors”andmadeamajorbreakwithhispastpolitical philosophy. 36 He points out that for a year following the introduction of the NEP (1921),

Bukharinpublishedverylittleandonlybegantowriteandpublishagainin1922.Itwasduring thisperiodthatCohenbelievesthatBukharin“rethought”andrevisedhispoliticalphilosophy

33 HereCohenattemptstoshowthatBukharinwasdifferentfromStalinandotherBolsheviksandthathe represented the “human face” of socialism. He also portrays Bukharin as someone who could reject his philosophicalpastbecauseofhisownhumanitarianconcerns. 34 JonathanJ.Bean,“NikolaiBukharinandtheNewEconomicPolicy:AMiddleWay?”TheIndependent Review v.11,n.1Summer1997,87. 35 Cohen,87. 36 Ibid,123159.

7 whenconfrontedwiththerealityofpostCivilWarRussia,therealityofasocietyshatteredand unpreparedforsocialism,arealitythatreportedlyshatteredBukharin’sownillusionsabouthow

Russia would achieve socialism. 37 Cohen cites Bukharin's 1924 statement that “the illusions

[WarCommunism]ofthechildhoodperiodareconsumedanddisappear without a trace ...the transitiontotheneweconomicpolicyrepresentedthecollapseofour illusions, ”38 (Emphasisin original)asproofthatBukharinabandonedtheprinciplesthathehadespousedinThePolitics andEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod .CohenwritesthatBukharin’s:

Emphasis on civil peace, legality, official constraint and toleration, and persuasion . . . represented a dramatic turnabout from his 1920 eulogy of “proletariancoercioninallitsforms.” 39 Cohenalsoclaimsthatan“ethicalconsiderationinfluencedBukharin’seconomicthinking”in thedisputesovertheexploitationofthepeasantryandthepaceofindustrialization. 40 Ineffect,

Cohenarguesthat,by1924,Bukharinhadnotonlyreachedaphilosophicalreconciliationwith

the NEP, but began to develop the political and philosophical basis for that policy, a policy

infusedwith,inCohen’sopinion,ethicalconsiderations. 41 ThisledCohentotheconclusionthat

Bukharinandhispolicies,duringtheNEP,representedaliberalandaviablealternativewithin

BolshevismtoStalinandStalinism.42

OtherwesternhistoriansarguethatBukharinsupportedconflictingpoliciesbecausehewas

notconsistentinhistheoreticalwork.MosheLewin,writingatthesametime(1974)asCohen,

arguesthatBukharin'swildswingsinpolicyweretheresultofthe“anarchisticandhumanistic

tendencyofBukharinand...streakofhostilitytostatepowercommontomanysocialists,in

37 Ibid,123159 38 Ibid,138. 39 Ibid,206. 40 Ibid,172173. 41 Ibid,138139. 42 StephenF.Cohen,“TheAfterlifeofNikolaiBukharin”introductiontoThisICannotForget byAnna Larina,trans.GaryKearn(NewYork:WWNorton&Company,1994),23.

8 manyoftheBolshevik‘oldguard.’”43 Heargues that:“Thevoltefacewasunmistakable,not onlydidBukharinbecome‘Stalin'swillinghenchman,’buthealsomovedtotherightofthe politicalspectrum.” 44 IsaacDeutscher,writingmuchearlier(1959),claimsthatBukharin’s

rigidlydeductivelogicandhisstrivingforabstractionandsymmetryinducedhim totakeupextremepositions:foryearshehadbeentheradicalleaderofthe‘left Communists’andbyaprocessofradicalreversalhewastobecometheleaderof theparty'srightwing. 45 Only recently have historians considered the possibility that continuity existed in

Bukharin's political thought and that he remained consistent in his application of theory to policy.ThisisthepositiontakenbothbyNicholasKozlov,inacollectionofessaysentitled,

Nikolai Ivanovich Bukharin: A Centenary Appraisal ,46 and Michael Haynes, in his Nikolai

BukharinandtheTransitionfromCapitalismtoSocialism .NeitherHaynesnorKozlovbelieve

that Bukharin traded in one set of philosophical principles for another, but rather that his philosophical principles remained consistent throughout his life. Both agree that Bukharin’s

alleged radical shifts did not reflect a “rethinking” or a radical rupture in his philosophical

system. Instead, they attribute Bukharin's support for such dissimilar policies as War

Communism and the NEP to the consistent application of his political philosophy to the

changingcircumstancesofRevolutionaryRussia.Whatactuallytookplace,accordingtoboth

KozlovandHaynes,wasthataspoliticalandeconomicrealitieschanged,Bukharinutilizedhis philosophical principles to explain the necessity of and to provide support for the different policiesinthedifferentperiods.

43 Lewin,PoliticalUndercurrentsinSovietEconomicDebates ,11. 44 Ibid,XIV. 45 Deutscher,82. 46 MichaelHaynes,NikolaiBukharinandtheTransitionFromCapitalismtoSocialism (London:Croom HelmLtd.,1985);NikolaiIvanovichBukharin:ACentenaryAppraisal ,ed.byNicholasN.KozlovandEricD. Weitz(NewYork:PraegerPress,1990)

9 Although Kozlov and Haynes agree that Bukharin adhered to a consistent political philosophy throughout this period, they differ over what constituted the central tenets of his philosophy.KozlovarguesthatBukharin’sguidingprinciplewasthecentralityofthepeasantry tothevictoryandconsolidationoftherevolution,whileHaynesassertsthatBukharin’sanalysis ofstatecapitalismandtheworldimperialistsystemconstitutedthecentraltenetofBukharin’s philosophy.Inhisanalysis,KozlovcriticizesbothCohenandLewinfor

concluding...thatanewtheoryofthetransitionemerged,andthatBukharin(or Lenin) had somehow either “rethought” the nature of socialism or had in fact neveradvancedacoherentconceptioninthefirstplace. 47 HearguesthatCohen’sandLewin’smistakeisto“construesocialismasa policy (hencewhen the policy changed, the underlying theory of socialism must necessarily have changed.).” 48

(Emphasisinoriginal)KozlovclaimsthatthismistakeledbothLewinandCohentomiss

the essence of what Bukharin (and Lenin) had been consistently arguing since 1918:socialismisnotapolicy,butaclassprocess.Itisatransitionalperiod between capitalism and communism, and consequently combines elements of bothsystemsinacontradictorymanner. 49 Instead,KozlovmaintainsthatBukharin’ssupportforWarCommunismandthentheNEP“isan indicationof[Bukharin]confrontinggreatlyalteredcircumstances,notafundamentalrevisionof basic principles regarding the peasantry's role in the transition to socialism.” 50 In a detailed explanationofthecentralityofthepeasantrytothevictoryandconsolidationoftherevolution forBukharin,Kozlovwritesthat:

acarefulinvestigationrevealsthat Bukharinrather consistently maintained that thebuildingofsocialismentailedanactiveifproblematicroleforthepeasantry (whether his analysis was realistic is another matter). As such, Bukharin's advocacy of one set of policies during War Communism, another in the early

47 Kozlov,121.KozlovcitesCohenbiographyonBukharin,138139,andLewin’swork,13,1516,where theybotharguethatthe“volteface”tookplaceinbothLeninandBukharin. 48 Ibid,121. 49 Ibid,121. 50 Ibid,108.

10 phaseofNEP, and yet athirdinthelateNEP isan indication of confronting greatly altered circumstances, not a fundamental revision of basic principles regardingthepeasantry'sroleinthetransitiontosocialism. 51 UnderlyingKozlov’sanalysisishiscontentionthatWarCommunismevolvedasasetofpolicies

designedtomeetthespecificcrisisoftheCivilWar.Innowaywasthispolicyan“ a priori productoftheory.” 52 (Emphasisinoriginal)This,forKozlov,explainshowBukharin,without revisinghisphilosophicalsystem,couldsupportWarCommunismandtheexploitationofthe peasantryduringtheCivilWarandthenespousetheNEPandconciliationwiththepeasantryin

theaftermathoftheCivilWar. 53 Kozlovclaims“Bukharin'sconceptualizationofthistransition period[NEP]tosocialismpredatestheNEP,andisthereforenotanadhochypothesisdesigned

for apologetic reason.”54 Therefore, any shift in Bukharin's support for different agrarian policiesrepresentedapolicyshift,notatheoreticalshift. 55

HaynesagreesthatBukharindidnotexperiencethe “volteface” attributed to him by

CohenandLewin.EchoingKozlov,Haynesmaintainsthat“Bukharin’sownpolicieswerenot derivedoutoftheairbutarosedirectlyfromhispreviousanalysisofcapitalism”andthatthe transitionfromWarCommunismtoNEP“involvedaworkingoutofhis[Bukharin’s]earlier positioninthenewcircumstancesofthetime.”56 Ineffect,Haynescontendsthat,“thetasksofa workingclassthathadconqueredpower...wereverydifferentfromthoseofaworkingclass stillstrugglingforpower.” 57 Hearguesthat,

51 Ibid,108. 52 MauriceDobb,SovietEconomicDevelopmentSince1917 (London:Routledge&KeganPaul,1978), 120,quotedinNicholasKozlov,NikolaiIvanovichBukharin:ACentenaryAppraisal ,ed.byNicholasN.Kozlov andEricD.Weitz(NewYork:PraegerPress,1990),110. 53 Kozlov,109111. 54 Ibid,117. 55 Ibid,110112. 56 Haynes,49. 57 Ibid,72.

11 Bukharin’s position in the 1920s developed out of his earlier analysis [of capitalism]andinpoliticalterms,hecametodefinethecentergroundoftheNEP politics,nottheRight. 58 Therefore,HaynesmaintainsthatBukharin’spolicyshiftsandhisallegedphilosophical“about

face” resulted from his theory of state capitalism within the imperialist system, a theory, he

contendsthatispoorlyunderstoodbymostWesternhistorians.Haynes’assertsthatBukharin believedthatintheperiodofstatecapitalismandimperialism,thestatecapitaliststructureserved

asabulwarktoprotectthedomesticandmonopolizedstatecapitalistsystemagainsttheother

competing states in the imperialist world system. This state capitalist structure, through its

dominanceofthecoerciveinstitutionsofthestate,hadtheabilitytoorganizeandcontrolthe

socialization process of the entire society while it eliminated the anarchic tendencies of

capitalism. The result was the socialization of all groups in society into the dominant state

capitalistsystem. 59

HaynespointsoutthatBukharin’sworkonstatecapitalismillustrateshowthatsystem

would serve as the example for the proletarian state in the period between capitalism and

socialism.HearguesthatBukharinviewedthesuperstructureasdominantoveritsbaseinthe

state capitalist period and from this, Bukharin extrapolated that in the transition period the proletarianstatecoulddominateitsbaseinthesamemanner.Thus,oncetherevolutionfrom belowtookplaceandtheworkingclasscreateditsownstate,thisproletarianstatecouldcontrol

anddominatesocietywhile,atthesametime,bringingitsantagonisticbaseintothesocialist

system.AsHaynesputsit,forBukharin,“Thereal centre of the transition was therefore the

attemptconsciouslytocontrolsociety.” 60

58 Ibid,72. 59 Ibid,60,8082,86,91. 60 Ibid,88.

12 AsimportantasHaynes’insightis,hedoesnotexplorethisanyfurther.WhatHaynes doesnotdoisadetailedanalysisofBukharin’sphilosophicalworkfrom19151925inorderto understandthephilosophicalcontinuityinBukharin’sworkregardingtheroleofthestateinthe transitiontosocialism.Instead,hisworkfocusesmainlyontheeconomicandpoliticaldebates withinthePartyduringtheNEP,examiningLenin’s,Trotsky’sandPreobrazhenskii’sworkand analyzing how each of these men either succeeded or failed in this period based on their individualanalysisofthenatureoftherevolutionandthenecessarypaceofindustrialization.

Haynes’ultimategoalinthiswork,aslaidoutinhis“Introduction,”61 istoshow:

thatBukharinwastheonetwentiethcenturyMarxisttoprovidethebasisfora coherentanalysisofcapitalismandthetransitiontosocialismwhichstillstands thetestoftime.Secondly,weshallarguethatinimportant respects Bukharin's analysisisstillinadvanceofmuchcontemporarydiscussion,andtotheextent thatitcanbereappropriateditcanadvancethatdiscussion. 62 Consequently,ononelevel,HaynessetsouttoshowthatBukharincreated“acoherentanalysis of the transition to socialism,” which he does in his brief examination of Bukharin’s philosophical work. However, he focuses mainly on Bukharin’s work as a guide for the

transitiontosocialismandthepracticalityofhisworkinunderstandingpresentdaycapitalism.

Whatthenisthe“true”legacyofBukharin?Mostimportantly, what was Bukharin’s philosophical foundation, beyond the issue of the state, which allowed him to support the

seeminglycontradictorypoliciesofWarCommunismandtheNEPwhileremainingconsistentin

hisapplicationoftheorytopolitics?

ThisdissertationseekstoanswerthesequestionsbybuildingontheinsightsofKozlov

and,inparticular,Haynes’work,workthatbeganthereexaminationofBukharin’splaceinthe

Revolution,withinBolshevism,and asthe“liberal alternative” to Stalin. Though their work

61 Ibid,17. 62 Ibid,4.

13 broke new ground in the study of Bukharin and his legacy, Cohen’s thesis that Bukharin

represented the “liberal” alternative within Bolshevism to Stalin and Stalinism is still widely

acceptedbothwithintheWestandwithintheformerSovietUnion.Fromthebeginningsofde

Stalinization under Khrushchev, through perestroika, and the collapse of the Soviet Union,

Bukharinbecametheiconicfigureofthealternativeroadtosocialism.63 ThomasSherlock,in

“PoliticsandHistoryunderGorbachev,”(1988)argues

Bukharin’srehabilitationhasplacedhisconciliatoryruralprogram,aswellashis advocacyofmoderateculturalandpoliticallines,indirectoppositionnotonlyto the Stalinist “revolution from above,” which dramatically expanded the bureaucraticreachofthestate,butalsototheterrorofthe1930s,whichdestroyed the party as an autonomous political institution. The resurrected image of Bukharinisseenasapowerfulantidotetotheprevailing“Stalinist”relationship betweentheSovietpartystateandsocietyandto“bureaucraticcentralism”inthe party. 64 MartinMaliaagreesand,inhisarticle,“AFatalLogic,”(1993)writes: This is why the retrospective cult of Bukharin and the NEP figured so prominentlyinrevisionistwritingandwhythefield,almostunanimously,wentso wildover“Gorby,”whowassupposedtoreturnthesystem,overtheheadofthe Stalinist “aberration,” to the “Bukharin alternative” and thus make the whole experimentatlastturnoutright. 65 SidneyHeitmancallsthisimageintoquestioninhisessay“BetweenLeninandStalin:

Nikolai Bukharin.”66 Heitman argues that even though “Stalin turned against Bukharin and repudiatedsomeofhisspecificpoliciesapplicabletothelatenineteentwenties;heretainedthe

63 ForasamplingofBukharin’simportanceduringtheperiodof“Perestroika”see:“TakingaCloserLook atBukharin,”TheCurrentDigestoftheSovietPress ,XL,No5(1988),48,23;“BukharinHailedfor‘Humanistic’ Views,”TheCurrentDigestoftheSovietPress , XL,No.41(1988),1617,24.SeealsoOscarJ.Bandelin,Returnof the NEP: The False Promise of and the Failure of Perestroika (Westport,CT.: Praeger,2002), 105. BandelinarguesthatCohen’sworkonBukharinbecamecentraltoSovietIntellectualsintheperiodofPerestroika. 64 Thomas Sherlock, “Politics and History under Gorbachev,” Problems of Communism (MayAugust 1988),24. 65 MartinMalia,“AFatalLogic,”TheNationalInterest ,Spring1993,[cited15July2005][databaseon line];availablefromQuestia,http://www.questia.com/,80+. 66 SidneyHeitman,“BetweenLeninandStalin:NikolaiBukharin,”7790.

14 essentialcoreofBukharin’sthought.” 67 Heitmancomestothisconclusionbystudying,among

Bukharin’snumerousworks,thosehebelieves“meritspecialmentionasoutstandinglandmarks inthedevelopmentofBolshevikthought.”68 Amongtheseworksanumberarecrucialforthe presentstudy.TheseareImperialismandtheWorldEconomy (1915),“TowardaTheoryofthe

ImperialistState”(1916),TheABCofCommunism (1919,withPreobrazhenskii),andHistorical

Materialism (1921). Without a thorough understanding of these particular works, Heitman argues, and this work agrees, it is impossible to understand the development of Bukharin’s theoreticalwork,especiallyregardingtheroleofthestateinthetransitiontosocialism.

However,whileprovidingafoundationforthisstudy,theseworksalonedonotprovidea completeanalysisofBukharin’sphilosophicalthoughtconcerningthestateandthetransitionto socialism.Therefore,thisstudywillexaminetheseworks,alongwithBukharin’smajorworkof hisrevolutionaryperiod,ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod (1920),andthe two most important works of his evolutionary period during the NEP, “The New Course in

EconomicPolicy”(1921),andTheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance (1925).

Bydoingthisanalysis,thisdissertationwillmakeclearthatalthoughBukharinmaywellhave

differed from Stalin in the exercise of violent coercion; it was Bukharin, not Stalin, who

formulatedthetheorythatjustifiedtheuseofunbridledstatepowertotransformsociety,which

Stalinutilizedinhis“RevolutionfromAbove.” 69

Therefore, this study begins its analysis of Bukharin’s major works of the pre

revolutionaryperiodwithImperialismandtheWorldEconomy and“TowardsaTheoryofthe

ImperialistState.”Thesetwoworksarecrucialtothisstudy,astheyilluminateBukharin’searly

67 Ibid,89. 68 Ibid,8081. 69 MarcHerold,“TheContributionofBukharin”inNikolaiIvanovichBukharin:ACentenaryAppraisal , 16.HereHeroldarguesthatBukharin,notLenin,orLuxemburg,pointedouttheimportanceofthestateduringthe imperialistepoch,ineconomicorganizationandhighlightedtheauthoritariannatureofthemodernstate.

15 thinking on the changed nature of the state in the era of imperialism. They also provide a philosophical basis to judge Bukharin’s postrevolutionary writings, for it was in these early

writingsBukharinfirstsoughttounderstandhowthehistoricalroleofthestatehadchangedso

dramatically and what this change meant for the realization of socialism. These works also provideinsightintohowthedifferentinterpretationsofMarx,inparticularRudolfHilferding’s analysis of finance capitalism and the monopolization that took place under it, influenced

Bukharin’sthinkingontheroletheproletarianstatewouldplayinthetransitionperiodandhis eventualdevelopmentofacoherenttheoryforthattransition.

ThisstudythenanalyzesBukharin’sthreemajorworksoftherevolutionaryperiodThe

ABC of Communism (1919, with Preobrazhenskii), The Politics and Economics of the

TransitionPeriod (1920),andHistoricalMaterialism (1921).Thestudyoftheseworksprovides uswithaninsightintoBukharin’sintellectualandpoliticalevolutionandthephilosophicaltenets thatexplainhissupportforWarCommunism,which,inthisperiod,putshimonthe“left”of

Bolshevism.WhatalsobecomesclearintheanalysisoftheseworksisBukharin’sdevelopment ofanoriginalsynthesisofrevolutionaryandrevisionistMarxismthatexplainsthepeculiarities ofthetransitionperiodfromcapitalismtosocialisminRussia.

Inthefinalphase,thisstudyanalyzes“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy”(1921)and

The Road to Socialism and the WorkerPeasant Alliance (1925). These two works reflect

Bukharin’smostimportanttheoreticalwritingsoftheNEPyears,theperiodwhereCohenclaims

Bukharin broke with his “radical” past and cast aside the “illusions” about the transition to socialism.However,whenviewedinthecontextofhispreviouswritings,theseworkswillmake clearthatitwasBukharin’sunderstandingofthechangednatureofthestateintheperiodof financecapitalismandimperialismthatunderlayhisphilosophicalthoughtonthetransitionto

16 socialism.Thisappreciationofthechangednatureofthestateallowedhimtothrowhissupport behindWarCommunisminoneeraandthentheNEPinanother.

AsimportantasBukharin’sthinkingonthestatewas,Bukharinactuallyaccomplished

something greater in these works and throughout this period. Heitman writes, “In these and

otherworks,BukharinachievedaremarkablesynthesisbetweenclassicalMarxiansocialtheory

and Bolshevik revolutionary experience”70 by placing “far greater emphasis than Marx and

Engelshadupontheroleofconsciousleadership...substitutingtheactionsoftheCommunist

Partiesasprimarydeterminantsofrevolution.” 71 WithoutappreciatingBukharin’ssynthesisof

thecompetingvisionsofMarxism,andhisanalysisofthestateandtheroleofthePartyinthe

transitiontosocialism,ourunderstandingofBukharin’spoliticalphilosophyremainsincomplete.

Therefore, rather than presenting a political history of Bukharin, which others have

already done, this work seeks to fill this void by analyzing how Bukharin’s philosophical

conception of the state affected his political support for different policies in Revolutionary

Russia. Specifically, this dissertation examines how Bukharin developed, and adhered to, a

consistent political philosophy, which had at its heart his conception of the role of the

“Leviathan”state,whichBukharinargued,cametotheforeintheperiodbeforetheGreatWar.

ThisstudywillmakeitclearthatoncetheBolshevikstookpower,Bukharinbasedhisactions

andhissupportforpoliciesonhisunderstandingofthenatureandtheroleofthestateandstate power in the transition to socialism. For Bukharin, the state, as the superstructure, had the

capacitytodeterminenotonlythebase,butalsoclassrelations.This,atitssimplest,iswhat

linkstheBukharinwhosupportedWarCommunismwiththeBukharinwhosupportedtheNEP.

70 SidneyHeitman,“BetweenLeninandStalin:NikolaiBukharin,”82. 71 Ibid,89.

17 However,thisisbutonepartoftheexplanation. This study also argues that it was

Bukharin’sinnovativesynthesisoftherevolutionaryandevolutionarystrainsofMarxism,which whencombinedwithBukharin’soriginalworkonthestate,enabledhimtosupportbothWar

Communism and the NEP. Rather than existing as separate and contradictory policies, War

CommunismandtheNEPwereintegralandcomplimentarypartsoftherevolutionarytransition tosocialism,acomplimentaritythatunitedtheconflictingMarxistvisionswhilepositingtherole ofastrong,centralized,andallpowerfulstateinthetransitionperiod.

Therefore,thisstudywillarguethatitwasBukharin’sanalysisofthestate,particularlyin theperiodof“statecapitalism,”thatprovidestheunderstandingofhowBukharincouldsupport verydifferentpoliciesintheearlyperiodofRevolutionary Russia without compromising the underlyingconsistencyofhispoliticalphilosophy.Thisstudywillalsoarguethatthisanalysis flowsfromBukharin’soriginalsynthesisofthecompetingvisionswithinMarxismthatallows

Bukharin to develop a coherent philosophical system for the transition from capitalism to socialism.

ThissynthesisofMarxismandBukharin’sviewsonthenatureandroleofthestateplayed an important part in the formation of the Bolsheviks’ view of the state and state power.

However, it isbeyond the focus of this study to explore fully that influence, although some foraysintothisare essential.Nevertheless,inthehopethatfuturehistorianswillrisetothe challenge,thisworkexploresinpartthatinfluenceandmakesparticularnoteofthewaysin whichBukharin’sviewsofthestatehelpedtocreatethephilosophicalfoundationuponwhich theBolsheviksandeventuallyStalinbuilttheirpolicies.

18

1. THE STATE IN MARXIST THEORY

1.1. Introduction

One significant problem facing students of Bukharin is how to explain his seemingly anarchisticdesiretosmashthestateduringtheRevolutionandtheCivilWar,andthenhisdesire tousethestatetofacilitateanevolutionarytransitiontosocialismaftertheRevolutionandthe

CivilWar.Almostastroublingandpuzzlingtomanyhistoriansishisopen,evenenthusiastic supportfortheviolent,coercivepoliciesofWarCommunismandthenhisequallyenthusiastic championingoftheNEPanditspeacefulandgradualistpolicies.

ThisstudyassertsthatBukharin’sviewsontheroleofthestateandstatepowerinthe transition period mirrored the tension within Marxism regarding the nature of the post revolutionarystateinthetransitionperiodandhissupportforthedifferingpoliciesreflectedthat tension.WhatitisalsocontendsandwilldemonstrateinthischapteristhatBukharinwasreally thefirsttheoreticianwhonotonly,asHeitmanargues,“achievedaremarkablesynthesisbetween classicalMarxiansocialtheoryandBolshevikrevolutionary experience,” 1butalsoachieveda

synthesisbetweentheconflictinMarxismregardingtherevolutionaryandevolutionarypathto

socialism. In accomplishing this synthesis, Bukharin developed a political philosophy that

enabledhimtosupporttheseeminglycontradictorypoliciesofWarCommunismandtheNEP,a

1Heitman,“BetweenLeninandStalin:NikolaiBukharin,”82.

19 philosophythathadatitscoreapowerful,centralizedstatethatincorporatedthecontradictory

featuresofcapitalismandsocialisminthetransitiontosocialism.

1.2. Which Marx? Which Marxism?

RichardHunt,inhislandmarktwovolumework,ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:

MarxismandTotalitarianDemocracy,18181850 ,2andThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:

Classical Marxism, 18501895 3 clearly perceived that, in essence, two differentvisionsofthe roadtosocialismand,consequently,twodifferentconceptionsofthestatemanifestthemselves inMarxisttheory.HuntarguesthatMarxandEngels,intheirseparateanalyses,cametotwo verydifferentconclusionsregardingthenatureofthestate.Hewritesthat

Marxoriginatedtheconceptionwemaycallthe“parasitestate,”whoseessence lies in its estrangement from the host society that it governs as a selfserving hierarchyofprofessionaladministrators.4 Inthisconception,thestateexistedtoserveitsowninterestsanddid“notinvolveanynotionof

class rule;” 5 the state actually stood above the class conflict. According to Hunt, Marx and

EngelswouldusethisconceptionofthestatewhenanalyzingtheabsolutismofLouisBonaparte

andforthetransitionperiod“betweenbourgeoisandproletarianrule.”6

2RichardN.Hunt,ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:MarxismandTotalitarianDemocracy,1818 1850 (Pittsburgh:UniversityofPittsburghPress,1974) 3RichardN.Hunt,ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:ClassicalMarxism,18501895 (Pittsburgh: UniversityofPittsburghPress,1984) 4Hunt,ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:MarxismandTotalitarianDemocracy,18181850 ,125. HereHuntcitesanumberofotherwriterswhodiscernedMarx’conceptionofthestate.Huntalsoarguesthathe takesthelabelof“parasiticstate”fromMarx’swritingsonthestateofLouisin.Formoreon Marx’sconceptionoftheparasitestateinthisworksee3738,39,44,45,5974.Alsoforfurtherexplicationon Marxandthe“parasitestate”seeHunt:ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:ClassicalMarxism,18501895 ,7 8,11,2663. 5Ibid,126. 6Ibid,129.

20 Hunt points out that Engels, reflecting on his experiences in England, believed that because“powerrestedinthehandsoftheparliamentcontrolledbythepropertiedclasses,” 7the

staterepresentedclassrule.Itwas“Engels’theoryoftheclassstate[that]wouldbeusedforthe principal periods in the Marxist historical schema—feudal, bourgeois, and anticipated proletarian” 8thatfounditswayintoTheCommunistManifesto andwouldlaterunderpinboth

Bukharin’sandLenin’sunderstandingofthecapitaliststate.

However,thesetheoriesofthecapitaliststatedonotstandalone,noraretheymutually exclusive.Huntpointsout“thecriticalnecessity ofusingboththeoriessimultaneouslyinan effort to comprehend Marx and Engels’ vision of the future polity after the proletarian revolution.” 9Themaindifferencebetweenthetwo,heargues,wasthelengthofthetransition periodandthepoliciesneededinthatperiod.Huntwritesthat

Marx’s parasite state would be more or less immediately transcended as professionalism gaveway topopularselfadministration.ButEngelsclassstate would linger for a while in the form of organized coercive power—the nonprofessionalworkers’—requiredtoconstraintherestorativeeffortsof theexpropriated. 10 WhatisclearfromHunt’sanalysisisthateachtheoryofthestatecouldexplaindifferentperiods inthelifeofasocietyinthetransitiontosocialism.Thiscreatedbothflexibilityandconfusion inunderstandingtheroleofthestateinthetransitionperiod;flexibility inadaptingtheoryto practice,butconfusionoverwhatconstitutedtheproperroadtosocialism. 11

7Ibid,125. 8Ibid,129. 9Ibid,130. 10 Ibid,130. 11 ForamoreextensivereadingofHuntontheissueofthe“parasite”and“class”state,seehisThePolitical IdeasofMarxandEngels:ClassicalMarxism,18501895 .Inparticular,formoreworkonthe“parasite”stateread 2763.Formoreonthe“class”statesee6498.

21 Huntalsodiscernedanother“tension”inMarxism.HeviewedthewritingsofMarxand

Engelsasextremelyradicalinthe1848periodof“bloodandthunderrevolutionism.” 12 Inthis period and during the Commune, Marx and Engels supported violent revolution to overthrowtheruleofthebourgeoisieandestablishthe“Dictatorshipofthe.” 13 The

Dictatorship,accordingtoEngels,existedtosecuretheachievementsoftherevolution(inthis case,the1848MarchRevolutionintheGermanstates)andwas“anecessaryconsequenceofthe interregnum situation created by any revolution.” 14 In essence, Marx and Engels, by 1850, arguedthatallpowerwouldrestinthe“dictatorship”15 asittookanyactionnecessary,including

violentrepression,toensurethepublicwelfareandtoprotecttheproletarianrevolution.16 Thus,

theEngelsandMarxoftheseperiodspostulatedthat,aftertherevolution,proletarianrulewould

restonthe armedmightoftheworkersandtheuse of terror against the bourgeoisie and all

reactionaries.17

However,HuntarguesthatMarxandEngels,outsideof18481850 and1871andthe

ParisCommune,developedaverydifferentconceptionofhowtheworkingclasswouldachieve powerandrealizesocialism.Hepointsoutthat

WiththeemergenceofstabledemocraticinstitutionsinpartsofWesternEurope, thetwomenbegantospeakforthefirsttimeofa possible peaceful and legal assumptionofpowerbytheworkersinthemostadvancedcountries. 18

12 Hunt,ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:MarxismandTotalitarianDemocracy,18181850 ,133. 13 Ibid,212336.Inthesepages,HuntmakesthecasethatMarxandEngelsconceptionoftheRevolution, theDictatorshipandthetransitionwereconditionedbytheperiodwithinwhichtheyoperated. 14 Ibid,292. 15 Ibid,290293.Huntpointsoutthattheterm“dictatorshipappliedtotheruleoftheproletariatwasused forthefirsttimeinMarch1850.” 16 Ibid,314315.OnthesepagesHuntshowshowMarxlaidoutthetasksoftheproletariandictatorshipand how the Americans and English “reformists” were wrong in not accepting the need for repression after the revolution. 17 Ibid,316.SeealsoHunt,ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:ClassicalMarxism,18501895 ,201. Forafurtherexplicationoftheuseofviolencereadpages200211inthisvolume. 18 Hunt,ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:ClassicalMarxism,18501895 ,299.

22 Theythentheorizedthatbackwardcountries,suchasRussia,would“ridethecoattails”ofthe socialist revolutions in the West. 19 During this long period of transition, Marx and Engels arguedthattheproletariatshouldwringalltheconcessionsitcouldfromtherulingclassesonits waytotheconqueringofstatepower.Inthedevelopedcapitalistnations,theworkerswould accomplishthisthroughparticipationinthepoliticalprocess.HuntarguesthatwhatMarxmade clearinthisperiodwasthat,

Nosocialist...needpredictthattherewillbe a bloody revolution in Russia, ,Austria,andpossiblyItalyiftheItalianskeeponinthepolicytheyare nowpursuing.ThedeedsoftheFrenchRevolutionmaybeenactedagaininthose countries.Thatisapparenttoanypoliticalstudent.Butthoserevolutionswillbe madebythemajority.Norevolutioncanbemadebyaparty, but By a Nation. 20 (Emphasisinoriginal) Inotherwords,thesocialistrevolutioncouldoccur,butitneednotbeviolentandthenation wouldleadit,nota“vanguard.”AfterMarx’sdeath,theRevisionists,suchasBernstein,took thistomeanthataviolentrevolutionwasnolongernecessaryandformulatedtheirtheorieson thetransitiontosocialismaccordingly.However,HuntnotesthattheRevisionistscametothis conclusionbecausethey“muddled”theelementsofMarxismtogetheranddidnotunderstand thatMarxstillbelievedinrevolution.21 Still,basedonthisanalysis,itisclearthatthereexistsan

elementinMarxismthattheorizeda“possible”peacefultransitiontosocialismandanelement

thattheorizesatransitionperiodwheretheworkers,whethertheycometopower,peacefully,or

violentlywouldusetheDictatorshipoftheProletariattorealizesocialism.

AdamUlamacceptsthatthisambiguityexistsinMarxismandwritesthatwiththedeath

ofEngelsin1895,

19 Ibid,308. 20 H.,Marx:ChicagoTribune(05/01/79)“InterviewwithKarlMarx,1999, http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/bio/media/marx/79_01_05.htm(8March2005). 21 Hunt,ThePoliticalIdeasofMarxandEngels:ClassicalMarxism,18501895 ,360361.

23 thecanonofMarxismwasfrozen,andthevitalquestionsofthesocialistrolein parliamentarianism,ofthenatureoftransitionfromcapitalism,andofsocialism itself,remainedtobefoughtoverbytheRevisionistsandtheorthodoxMarxists. The fight, although accompanied by continuous invocation of the scriptures, pointsupthereallyenigmaticandambiguousnatureoftheMarxistargumentasit touchestheactualproblemofsocialism. 22 What Ulam discerns is that the “ambiguity” and “confusion” in Marxist thought split the

revolutionarymovementandledtoconflictingvisionsoftheproperroadtosocialism.However,

this

apparentenigmadisappearsifonerefusestobedistracted by the revolutionary phraseologyofMarxismintobelievingthat from the economic point of view the stageofsocialismrepresentsadrasticbreakwithcapitalism.Quitethecontrary: socialism,onceitassumespower,hasasitsmissionthefullestdevelopmentofthe productiveresourcesofsociety. 23 (Emphasisinoriginal) Inessence,UlamarguesthatwithinMarxismatendencyexiststhatis“productivist”innature andacceptsthattheliberationofhumanityexistsinthedistantfutureafteralong,evolutionary transition period. To illustrate his point, Ulamcites a passage in The Communist Manifesto whereMarxandEngelswritethat

Theproletariatwilluseitspoliticalsupremacyto wrest, by degrees, all capital fromthebourgeoisie,tocentralizeallinstrumentsofproductioninthehandsof theState,i.e.,oftheproletariatorganizedasa rulingclass;andtoincreasethe totalofproductiveforcesasrapidlyaspossible. 24 AclosereadingofthissectionofTheCommunistManifesto supportsUlam’scontention.

MarxandEngelsexplicitlylaidouta“10Point”programforthetransitionperiod.Thesepoints includethe“establishmentofindustrialarmies,”the“extensionoffactoriesandinstrumentsof production,” “centralizations of communication and transport in the hands of the state,” and

22 AdamUlam,TheUnfinishedRevolution (NewYork:RandomHouse,1960),4445. 23 Ibid,45. 24 KarlMarxandFrederickEngels,TheCommunistManifesto (NewYork:InternationalPublishers,Inc., 1998),30.

24 “combinationofeducationwithindustrialproduction.” 25 Onlywhen“all productionhasbeen

concentrated in the hands of . . . the whole nation, the public power will lose its political

character,” and the proletariat will actually have “abolished its own supremacy as a class.” 26

Therefore,eventhoughthegoalofsocialismwastocreatetheenvironment“inwhichthefree developmentofeachistheconditionforthefreedevelopmentofall,” 27 i.e.theemancipationof

laborandhumanity,atransitionperiodwouldexistwheresocialismwouldbecome “capitalism

without the capitalists.” 28 (Emphasisinoriginal)

Ulamwritesthat

therearetwoconsistentlinesinMarx:one,ofarevolutionaryalwaysagainstthe statusquo,feudal,capitalist,orwhatever;theother,ofabelieverintheimmutable lawsofmaterialdevelopment,whichno political revolutionarycouldaffect.At first,inWesternEuropeofthe1840's,itwaseasytobeboth;lateronitbecame increasinglydifficult.Itfelltohissuccessorstotrytoreconcilethelogicofthe theorywithitsrevolutionaryemotion,inaworldquitedifferentfromtheonein whichMarxandEngelshadspenttheirformativeyears. 29 (Emphasisinoriginal) Thus, Ulam, like Hunt, locates Marx and his theoretical system in two different eras. The

revolutionary Marx represents the anarchist reaction to early industrial capitalism where “the

ideal society for revolutionary Marxism is the one that is “arrested” in its response to

industrialization,”30 that is, one that has not yet fully developed into a mature industrialized

society,along withthe socializationprocessthat goes with industrialization and urbanization.

However,theconundrum,asUlampointsout,isthatoncethatmaturationprocessoccursasit

didinGermany,England,andtheUnitedStates,

thesameforcesthathadmadetheworkerabandonthemerespiritofoppositionto the state and industry, the mere principle of the workers' association as a

25 Ibid,3031. 26 Ibid,31. 27 Ibid,31. 28 Ulam,45. 29 Ibid,5556. 30 Ibid,153.

25 substituteforanymorecomprehensivephilosophyofpoliticsandsociety,make himchafeunderdoctrinaireMarxismandpushhimtowardamorepragmaticand evolutionarytypeofsocialism. 31 Whatisofsignificancehereisthat,likeHunt,UlampositsthatthereexistsabodyofMarxist thoughtthatisrootedintheearlyindustrialandveryrevolutionaryperiodandanotherbodyof

Marxist thought that is rooted in more democratic and more mature industrial states where reform becomes possible. One strain would allow “orthodox Marxists” to justify violent revolution,andtheotherwouldenabletheRevisioniststojustifytheirpeacefulandevolutionary theories and policies. Ulam argues that, by 1898, no middle ground or theory existed, to reconcile the violent, revolutionary wing with the gradualist, reformist wing. Therefore,

Marxistsfacedachoice:

Either,likeBernstein,youacceptthelogicofthedoctrineasleadingtowardan industrializedstateanddemocracy,oryouseizethespiritofrevolutionandforget aboutthe“stagesofmaterialdevelopment.”32 This study will show that the genius of Bukharin was to synthesize these two conflicting

interpretationsofMarxism,therevolutionaryandevolutionary,intohisownuniquetheoryof

revolutionfrombelowthatwoulddestroythecapitaliststate,whileaddingtheroleofanall powerful,proletarianstatethatwouldfacilitatetheevolutionarytransitiontosocialism.

JohnWilloughbyagreeswithHuntandUlamarguing,inhisessay“ConfrontingtheNew

Leviathan,”thatMarxandEngelsleftan“ambiguouslegacy”regardingthestate,whichserved

Bukharin and the Bolsheviks poorly.33 Willoughby claims that the conflicting visions of the stateinMarxismleadonetotheconclusionthat:

Ontheonehand,thestateisareflectionofantagonistic classinterests;onthe otherhand,thenew Leviathan—themonopoly capitalist, imperialist state—is a 31 Ibid,153. 32 Ibid,155. 33 JohnWilloughby,“ConfrontingtheNewLeviathan:TheContradictoryLegacyofBukharin’sTheoryof theState,”inNikolaiIvanovichBukharin:ACentenaryAppraisal ,9698.

26 powerful organizer of class exploitation . . .the latter perspective suggest that state agents can participate in the creation as wellasinthemaintenanceofthe capitalistmodeofexploitation. 34 Willoughby also cites the tension between Marx’s early conception (1850) of the base

superstructure,andEngelsquestioningofthatconceptioninAntiDühring .35 Heclaimsthatin,

AntiDühring ,EngelshadturnedMarxonhishead,bypointingout that “the state organizes classrelations,ratherthanthereverse.” 36 Willoughbyconcludes,“Wecouldnotfindaclearer

inversionofthebasesuperstructuremetaphor.”37

These insights regarding the new “Leviathan” and the reversed nature of the base superstructureplayedaroleinBukharin’sanalysisofdevelopmentofthefinancecapitaliststate andimperialism,especiallyafterhereadRudolfHilferding.Asthisstudywillshow,Bukharin would eventually accept the concept of the “Leviathan” capitalist state that could organize society and had the ability to reverse the basesuperstructure metaphor in the period of

“organizedstate capitalism.”For Bukharin,thisnewtypeofstate,whentransformedintothe

“Leviathan” proletarian state, as the “Dictatorship of the Proletariat,” would facilitate the transitiontosocialism.

NeilHarding,inhisessay“Socialism,Societyand the Organic Labour State,” 38 also arguesthatMarxhadtwoverydifferentandconflictingconceptionsofthepostrevolutionary state. He claims that the “commune state” reflected Marx’s desire for human liberation and assumed that capitalism had created the necessary preconditions for socialism prior to the revolution. 39 Therefore,accordingtoHarding,sincecapitalismhadalreadycreatedthematerial

34 Ibid,98. 35 Ibid,9697. 36 Ibid,97. 37 Ibid,97. 38 NealHarding,“Socialism,SocietyandtheOrganicLabourState,”inTheStateandSocialistSociety ,ed. Neil Harding(Albany:StateUniversityofNewYorkPress,1984),145. 39 Ibid,8.

27 conditionsforsocialism,thegoalofthecommunestatewas“ the transformation of the patterns of authority within society” 40 (emphasis in original) and the emancipation of labor. 41 Marx pointedtotheParisCommuneasanexampleofwhatthistypeofstatemightlooklike,42 and arguedthat“TheCommunalConstitutionwouldhaverestoredtothesocialbodyalltheforces hitherto absorbed by the State parasite feeding upon, and clogging the free movement of, society.” 43 Thus, according to Marx, society would amputate the repressive powers of the parasitestateandsocietywouldthentakeonthelegitimatefunctionsofthestateandbeginthe transformation of all relations in society. 44 In this way, the revolutionary state would then transformthesocialandpoliticalpatternsofauthoritywithinthepostrevolutionarysociety,thus pavingthewayforthefuturecommunistsociety.

Harding, like Ulam, argues that Marx’s competing conception of the state was

“productivist”innatureandassumedapowerfulcentralstatecontrolledbythe“Dictatorshipof theProletariat.”ThismodelreflectedMarx’sabsorption“withtherelationshipofmento things totheirforcesofproduction.” 45 (Emphasisinoriginal)Thatis,intheperiodofreconstruction

aftertherevolution,thestatewouldperformthetasksthatcapitalismleftunfinished,whileatthe

sametimesmashingtheoldrelationshipsofdominationandsubordination.Therefore,insteadof

theprimaryMarxistgoalofhumanliberation,theproductivistMarxrealizedthat“theobjectof

societywasproductiveactivitynotfreedom.” 46 Thisdoesnotmeanthattotalhumanfreedom

wasnolongerMarx’sfinalgoal.Whatitmeans,accordingtoHarding,isthat,inthisperiod,

Marxbelievedthatalossofrelativeautonomyandwasnecessaryandinevitableasthe 40 Ibid,13. 41 KarlMarx,TheCivilWarinFrance:TheParisCommune (NY,NY,InternationalPublishers,1968),59 61. 42 Ibid,5769. 43 Ibid,59. 44 Ibid,5859. 45 Harding,1213. 46 Ibid,1213.

28 communestatewasincompatiblewiththemaintenanceofthemodernindustrialsystem.The productivist state had to create the material wealth necessary for socialism and to absorb the former bourgeois elements into the new socialist society. 47 The tenpoint program in The

CommunistManifesto ,citedearlier,clearlyillustratesMarxandEngelsbeliefintheroleofa powerfulstateinthetransitionperiod.Inthisperiod,thestatewouldorganizeanddirectthe societyuntilthestatemakesitselfsuperfluousandthenwithersaway.48

StephenHanson,inTimeandRevolution ,49 concurswiththeseassessmentsandargues thatMarxpresented“twowhollyirreconcilablevisionsofpoliticalaction.” 50 Hecorrectlypoints out that: “There are two distinct economic alternatives that might be derived from Marx’s critiqueofcapitalistexploitation:onebasedontherationalconceptionoftime,andonebasedon acharismaticconceptionofsocialismasbeyondordinarytimeconstraints.” 51 Inotherwords,he arguesthattherewastheMarxwho“counselspatienceinordertomakegradualprogresswithin existingbourgeoisinstitutions”andtheMarxwho“callsfor animmediatebreak withhuman

“prehistory”through arevolutionaryoverthrow, notonlyofbourgeoissociety,butof rational timeconstraintsonhumanaction.” 52

Lewis Siegelbaum believes that there were three different visions of the transition to socialismthatarosefromMarx’swritings.LikeHarding,SiegelbaumclaimsthatMarxbelieved that,regardlessoftheclassoriginsofthestate,thecentralizationprocessthattookplaceunder capitalism would make it relatively easy for the working class to facilitate the transition to

47 Ibid,1213. 48 KarlMarxandFrederickEngels,ManifestooftheCommunistParty (NewYork,NY:International Publishers,1948),3031. 49 StephenE.Hanson,TimeandRevolution:MarxismandtheDesignofSovietInstitutions (ChapelHill, NC:UniversityofNorthCarolinaPress,1997) 50 Ibid,47. 51 Ibid,50. 52 Ibid,47.

29 socialismonceitseizedstatepower.53 Inthesecondvision,andutilizingMarx’sanalysisofthe

ParisCommune,Siegelbaumarguesthatthegoaloftheworkingclasswastodestroythestate

andthenutilizethecommunestatetoremakesocietyandallsocietalrelations. 54

Unlike Harding, who viewed the Dictatorship of the Proletariat as exclusive to the

“productivist” Marx, Siegelbaum argues that, in Marxism, the Dictatorship of the Proletariat would combine the tasks of the commune state and the productivist state.55 That is, the proletariat,throughtheDictatorshipoftheProletariat,wouldcarryoutofthereorganizationof societyandtheremakingofthesocietalrelations,accordingtothevisionofthecommunestate, whileusingtheproletarianstatepowertocreatetheeconomicfoundationsforsocialismduring thetransitionperiod.56

Onequestionforthisstudythenis“HowdidBukharinthinkaboutMarxism,thestate,

andtheroleoftheDictatorshipoftheProletariatinthetransitionperiod?”Toanswerthis,we

need go forward to Bukharin’s 1924 speech, “Lenin as a Marxist.”57 This was Bukharin’s

ingenious defense of the NEP, in which he ostensibly pulls together the various strands of

Lenin’sthoughttolayouthisowncoherentphilosophyof“RevolutionaryMarxism,”thestate,

andthetransitiontosocialism.Inthisessay,aswillbecomeevidentlaterinthiswork,Bukharin

acknowledgedthetensionwithinMarxistthoughtas regardsthe revolution,thestate,andthe

transitiontosocialism.Healsoarguedthattherewere“differentepochsinMarxism,”eachwith

rootsindifferentperiodsofhistoricaldevelopmentanddifferentphenomenoninbothEurope

53 LewisH.Siegelbaum,SovietStateandSocietyBetweenRevolutions,19181929 (Cambridge: CambridgeUniversityPress,1992),9. 54 Ibid,9. 55 Ibid,89. 56 Willoughbyseessomethingsimilarandarguesthat“theMarxiansocialisttraditionhadfusedwithittwo distinct vision of the socialist future: radical democracy and decentralization, on the one hand, and centralizing coordinationontheother.”Willoughby,“Bukharin’sTheoryoftheState,”99. 57 NikolaiBukharin,“LeninasaMarxist”inInDefenceoftheRussian Revolution ,ed.Al Ricahardson (London:PorcupinePress,1995),249277.

30 andRussia.Inthisspeechandhisworks,BukharinexplicatedhisownsynthesisofReformist and Revolutionary Marxist thought from these different epochs, uniting them into a coherent theoryofrevolutionandthetransitiontosocialism.HealsoincorporatedRudolfHilferding’s originalcontributiononfinancecapitalism,thenatureofthestate,andstatecapitalismintothis synthesis.

HissynthesisofthesedifferentstrainsofMarxismmeantthat,inoneperiod,Bukharin couldargue,likeMarx,thattheBolshevikscouldcompresslongtermhistoricalprocessesintoa very short time and leap over stages of historical development to realize socialism (the

RevolutionandWarCommunism),andinanotherperiod(theNEP),againlikeMarx,counsel patience.Inessence,becauseofthissynthesis,Bukharincouldargue,inoneperiod,fortherapid realizationofthecommunestateandtheninalaterperiodacceptthattheroadtosocialismhad tofollowalongroadofevolutionarysocialism.58

BeforethisstudycandelvefullyintoBukharin’sanalysisofrevolutionandthetransition

tosocialism,itiscrucialtoaddressandanalyzetwoMarxistthinkersofthelate19 th Century,

EduardBernsteinandRudolfHilferding,whobegan“RethinkingoftheRoadtoSocialism.”

58 HeitmanarguesthatBukharincreateda“highlyflexible,adaptablethatcouldbeinvokedunder awidevarietyofconditionsunforeseenbyMarxandEngels.”ThisechoeswhatBukharinhimselfwrotein“Lenin asaMarxist.”SeeSidneyHeitman,“BetweenLeninandStalin:NikolaiBukharin,”81.

31

2. RETHINKING THE ROAD TO SOCIALISM

2.1. Introduction

PriortotheGreatWar,thelonganticipated communistrevolutionseemednocloserthan

in1848whenMarxandEngelswroteTheCommunistManifesto .Theiranticipatedstratification

ofcapitalistsocietiesintotwoantagonisticblocs,onetheevergrowinganddestituteproletariat

and the other the evershrinking, monopolistic capitalists, had not occurred. It was true that

someelementsoftheEuropeanworkingclassfoundthemselvesinconditionsnobetterthantheir

counterpartsofthemid19thCentury,butinEnglandandGermany,twoofthemostadvanced

industrializednations,theworkingclasshadmadegreatstrides.Thestatehadlegalizedtrade

unions,thestandardoflivingroseformanyworkersand,bytheearly20 th century,theLabour

PartyinBritainandSPD(SocialistPartyofGermany)becameactiveparticipantsinthepolitical

andeconomiclifeoftheirrespectivenations.Mostimportantly,thesegainscamethroughthe

extensionofsuffrageandtheparliamentarysystem.Thisnewdevelopmentincapitalismhad

farreachingimplicationsforsocialisttheoreticiansofthiseraastheybeganthereevaluationof

Marxisminthefaceofthisnewreality.

Twoofthemostinfluentialtheoristsofthisperiod, especially for Bukharin, Eduard

Bernstein and Rudolf Hilferding, embarked on this reevaluation and began to reexamine

capitalistdevelopmentandthechangesthathadtakenplaceinadvancedcapitalistcountriessuch

as England and Germany. Their observations led them, independently, to conclude that the

32 working class could achieve socialism peacefully by taking over the capitalist state and by puttingthecapitalisteconomicsystemattheserviceoftheworkingclass.“For a revisionist like

Eduard Bernstein, the could roll back the ruling class and bend the state to its will” 1(emphasisinoriginal)because he“pictured the state as having autonomy from capitalism as a (since it could transcend it) but totally subordinate to classes whose instrument it was.” 2(Emphasisinoriginal)ForHilferdingthedevelopmentofthemonopoly

capitalismandthemergingofthestateandcapitalduringtheperiodoffinancecapitalismled

himtoarguethattheworkingclasswouldneedonlytotakeoverthestateandthenbeginthe

march to socialism, as finance capitalism had already monopolized and rationalized the

economicsystem.

Theiranalysesalsodifferedonhowtheworkingclasswouldachievesocialisminthese

changedcircumstances.Bernsteinarguedthattheextensionofdemocracyanduniversalsuffrage

wouldenabletheworkingclasstotakeoverthecapitaliststateviatheballotbox.Hilferding

contendedthatthestruggleagainstimperialismwouldleadtothevictoryoftheworkingclass

andoncetheproletariatcontrolledstatepower,itwouldputsocietyontheroadtosocialism.

EduardBernsteinbeganhisrevisionofMarxinthelatenineteenthcenturyandbasedhis

majorwork,EvolutionarySocialism ,3(1899)onhisanalysisofthechangednatureofcapitalism.

Inthiswork,Bernstein examinedthechangesincapitalismsince1848,i.e.theperiodofthe

RevolutionaryMarx,todiscoverhowandwhytheseprocesseshadnotresultedinrevolution.

In his analysis, Bernstein argued that, contrary to revolutionary Marxist doctrine, conditionshadactuallyimprovedfortheworkingclassintheadvancedcapitalistcountries,as

1Haynes,27. 2Haynes,27. 3EduardBernstein,EvolutionarySocialism:aCriticismandAffirmation (NewYork:SchockenBooks, 1961)

33 theworkingclasshadgainedpoliticalrightsandexpandedthoserights.ThisledBernsteinto whatmanyMarxistsviewedasheresy,thebeliefthatinsteadofexperiencingviolentrevolution, capitalistcountrieswouldgradually evolveintosocialismastheproletariat,throughuniversal suffrageandtheparliamentarysystem,graduallytookcontrolofthecapitaliststate.Thenonce incontrolofthatstatetheworkingclasswouldbendthestateanditseconomicandpolitical systemtoitsownends,i.e.therealizationofsocialism.Thus,theviolentrevolutionthatMarx had predicted need not occur because universal suffrage and democracy would enable the workingclasstoachievesocialism.Significantlyandpresciently,Bernsteinalsoprovidedstark warningsagainstaprematureandviolentsocialistrevolution.Theefficacyofthesewarnings only became clear to the Bolsheviks, and in particular, to Bukharin, once the Bolsheviks conqueredstatepowerandfacedthetaskof“buildingsocialism”inRussia.

In1910,RudolfHilferding,inhisseminalwork,Finance Capitalism ,4 also sought to explainhowandwhycapitalismhadsucceededinpreventingorholdingbacktherevolution.The explanationforHilferdinglayinthedevelopmentofwhathecalled“financecapitalism.”He argued that, in the era of finance capitalism, the anarchic tendencies of market capitalism disappearedasindustrialandfinancecapitalbecameintertwinedwiththebankstakingonthe roleofsupremeorganizersoftheeconomythroughtheircontrolofcredit.Thisanalysismeant thattheindividualcapitaliststatehadbecomeagiantcartelinwhichthepowerofthefinance capitalist state dominated and even acquired the ability to socialize its antagonistic base, the workingclass,intothevaluesofthefinancecapitaliststate.

4RudolfHilferding,FinanceCapital:AStudyoftheLatestPhaseofCapitalistDevelopment ;trans.Morris WatnickandSamGordon,ed.TomBottomore(England:Routledge&KeganPaul,plc,1981)

34 Taking these developments as his starting point, Hilferding believed that finance capitalismhadcreatedthepreconditionsforasocialistsocietyandeconomybyeliminatingthe chaosofthemarketandbecauseoftheinteractionof

those processes of concentration which, on the one hand eliminate free competitionthroughtheformationofcartelsandtrust,andontheotherbringbank andindustrialcapitalintoanevermoreintimaterelationship. 5 Therefore,Hilferdingargued,theproletariatcouldsimplytakeoverthestateandthenconvertthe economicsystemtosocialistproductionanddistribution.In1918,Hilferdingchangedhisview ofthestate,andarguedthatthestatestructurewas“neutral”andexistedasamediatorbetween thecompetingblocswithincapitalistsociety.AsWilliamSmaldone,in,“RudolfHilferdingand theTotalState,”writes,

Thus, in Hilferding's view, the parliamentary republic provided a political framework in which the state had become a neutral institution subject to the popularwill.Violentrevolutionwasnotnecessarytoachievesocialism.Instead, theworking classcouldnowusegovernmental institutions and trade unions to expand its power and bring about gradual political and economic reforms. A socialistsocietywouldbebuiltbyevolutionaryratherthanrevolutionarymeans. 6 Therefore, although by 1918 he came to view the state somewhat differently, Hilferding consistently argued that the proletariat would not need to destroy the state. Rather it could simply take over the state and all its organs and transform the rationalized, monopolized capitalisteconomicsystemintoasocialistsystem.

AlthoughBukharinrejectedBernstein’sargumentthatsocialismwouldevolvepeacefully fromcapitalismandHilferding’scontentionthattheworkingclasscouldachievesocialismby simply taking control of the capitalist state structure in its struggle against imperialism, both men’sideashadasignificantimpactonhisthinking.Eventuallyhewouldincorporateelements oftheiranalysisintohisownworkonthetransitionperiod.AlthoughhewasnoRevisionist, 5 WilliamSmaldone,“RudolfHilferdingandtheTotalState.”TheHistorian 57.1(1994):97107. 6 Ibid,98.

35 Bukharin, during the NEP, found himself adopting revisionist style policies by incorporating

Bernstein’s analysis of the longterm processes necessary to achieve socialism. Hilferding’s workprovidedBukharinwithaguideonhowtheproletariatwouldusestatepowertofacilitate thetransitiontosocialism.Inordertoappreciatetheimpactofbothmen’stheoreticalwritings onBukharinletusnowconsidertheirworkindepth.

2.1.1. and Evolutionary Socialism

Unabletobelieveinfinalitiesatall,Icannotbelieveina finalaimofsocialism.ButIstronglybelieveinthesocialist movement, in the march forward of the working classes, who step by step must work out their emancipation by changing society from the domain of a commercial landholdingoligarchytoarealdemocracywhichinallits departmentsisguidedbytheinterestsofthosewho work andcreate. EduardBernstein 7

Appreciating Eduard Bernstein’s rethinking of the road to socialism is crucial to understandingBukharin’spoliticalandphilosophicalstrugglesduringthetransitiontosocialism.

RichardDaybelievesthat“BernsteincontributedtotheinventoryofideasuponwhichBukharin drew.” 8 Alfred Meyer argues that Bukharin developed a “coherent and impressive, and also rather modern, sociological system,” that owed a great debt to Bernstein’s Evolutionary

Socialism .9Consequently,understandingtheanalysisthatledBernsteintoacceptevolutionary socialismhelpsone appreciate Bukharin’sown ideasaboutthelongandgradualtransitionto

7 Bernstein,viii. 8 Richard B. Day, introduction to N. I. Bukharin, Selected Writings on the State and the Transition to Socialism ,trans.,ed.RichardB.Day(NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1982),xxxiv. 9AlfredMeyer,introductiontoHistoricalMaterialism ,(AnnArbor:UniversityofMichiganPress,1969), 6a.

36 socialismundertheNEP.Thisappreciationalsoprovides a clearer understanding of why, in

1929,thePartychargedBukharinwiththesameheresyasBernstein. 10

PeterGaybelievesthatBernstein’sexileandhisexperiencesinEnglandduringthe1890s significantly influenced his shift towards Revisionism. He writes that of “significance for

Bernstein'sintellectualdevelopmentwastheatmosphereinEnglandwhichwas,onemightsay, almost professionally reformist. Bernstein found almost daily evidence of the ‘free air of

England.’”11 He cites one particular event that had a profound impact on and conditioned

Bernstein’stheoriesofevolutionarysocialism.

Londonfactoryworkershadgoneoutandtheemployers were importing scabs fromGermany.ThetradeunionsaskedBernsteintoaddress the strikebreakers, and he agreed to undertake the assignment. One afternoon, at closing time, he placedhimselfonalargerockoutsidethefactorygatesandbegantoharanguethe Germanworkerswhowerejustleavingworkfortheday.Heexplainedtheissues tothemandurgedthemnottoscab,buttojointheirEnglishbrothersinthestrike. Allthiswhileseveralpolicemenstoodaroundcalmly,eyeingthemillingcrowd andguardingagainstpossibledisorders.Butthepolicemendidnotinterferewith Bernstein'sspeech,nordidtheyattackhislisteners.Occurrenceslikethesemade a profound impression upon German visitors, who were hardly used to such behaviorfromtheirCrownandtheirpolice.Theseeventsseemedtosuggestthat peacefulsocialchangewas,afterall,apossibility. 12 ThisexperienceandtheeconomicandpoliticaldevelopmentsinEnglandandGermany forcedBernsteintoreexaminetheeconomicdevelopmentofmodernsociety. 13 Whathesawin

modernGermanyandEngland,inparticular,didnotconformtotheearlyanalysisofcapitalism

andtotheradicaltheoryofrevolutionasformulatedbyMarxandEngelsinthe1848andafter

theParisCommune.Hewrote,

10 RichardB.Day,introductiontoN.I.Bukharin,Selected Writings on the State and the Transition to Socialism ,xxxiv. 11 PeterGay,TheDilemmaofDemocraticSocialism:EduardBernstein'sChallengetoMarx (NewYork: ColumbiaUniversityPress,1952),56. 12 Ibid,57. 13 Bernstein,XII.

37 If society were constituted or had developed in the manner that the socialist theoryhashithertoassumed,thencertainlytheeconomiccollapsewouldbeonlya question of a short span of time. Far from society being simplified as to its divisions compared with earlier times, it has been graduated and differentiated bothinrespectofincomesandofbusinessactivities. 14 Citingstatisticsfromthe“BritishReview,”Bernsteinpointedoutthattheearlyandrevolutionary

Marxist analysis, which stated that as the conditions for the socialist revolution developed

society would split between the wealthy few and the impoverished many, no longer fit.15

Bernsteinargued,

Itisthusquitewrongtoassumethatthepresentdevelopmentofsocietyshowsa relative or indeed absolute diminution of the number of the members of the possessingclasses.Theirnumberincreasesbothrelativelyandabsolutely.Ifthe activityandtheprospectsofsocialdemocracyweredependentonthedecreaseof the“wealthy,”thenitmightindeedliedowntosleep.But,thecontraryisthecase. The prospects of socialism depend not on the decrease but on the increase of socialwealth. 16 Bernstein also believed that the available evidence showed that capitalist development was more dynamic and adaptable than it appeared toMarxin1848.Capitalismhadputmore wealthintomorehands,includingthatoftheworkingclass. Insteadofmonopolizationand concentrationofwealthintofewerandfewerhandsandthedisappearanceofthemiddlestrata thattherevolutionaryMarxhadanticipated,Bernsteinpointedoutthatinfactthemiddlestrata wasactuallyincreasingandprospering. 17 Therefore,Bernsteinconcluded,

If the collapse of modern society depends on the disappearance of the middle ranksbetweentheapexandthebaseofthesocialpyramid,ifitisdependentupon theabsorptionofthesemiddleclassesbytheextremes above and below them, thenitsrealisationisnonearerinEngland,France,andGermanytodaythanat anyearliertimeinthenineteenthcentury. 18

14 Ibid,49. 15 Ibid,47. 16 Ibid,48. 17 Ibid,72. 18 Ibid,72.

38 BelievingthattwokeypiecesofMarxisttheoryofrevolution,emiserationoftheworkingclass andthestratificationofsocietyintotwoantagonisticandirreconcilableclasses,nolongerheldin thischangedenvironment,Bernsteinsoughttounderstandhowtheworkingclasswouldachieve socialism.

Inthechapter,“TheTasksandPossibilitiesofSocial Democracy,”19 Bernstein argued that, “Democracy is in principle the suppression of class government.” 20 He reasoned that

“democracy and the extension of democracy” 21 through universal suffrage to all segments of

society, would enable the working class to take control of the state and achieve socialism peacefully.Theevolutionofcapitalismandthepositivechangesthathadtakenplacesince1848

had made violent revolution superfluous.22 Citing Germany and England as his examples of

these changes, Bernstein argued against adhering to the dogma of the “dictatorship of the proletariat” in the changed environment. In fact, Bernstein called the “dictatorship of the proletariat”an“antiquatedphrase,”aconceptthatbelongedtoa“lowercivilization,” 23 i.e.the periodofearlyindustrialcapitalism.Heasked:

Isthereanysense,forexample,inmaintainingthephraseofthe“dictatorshipof the proletariat” at a time when in all possible places representatives of social democracyhaveplacedthemselvespracticallyinthearenaofParliamentarywork, have declared for the proportional representation of the people, and for direct legislationallofwhichisinconsistentwithadictatorship? 24 TherevolutionaryMarxistvisionandthe“dictatorshipoftheproletariat”nolongerheld for Bernstein, because events and processes had not borne out that theory. In fact, on the

19 Ibid,135. 20 Ibid,144. 21 Ibid,144. 22 Ibid,145. 23 Ibid,146. 24 Ibid,146.

39 contrary,theworkingclasshadactuallygainedfromandbecomepartofthesystem.Therefore, heargued:

And so the conclusion of this exposition is the very banal statement that the conquest of the democracy, is the indispensable preliminary condition to the realisation of socialism. Feudalism, with its unbending organisations and corporations, had to be destroyed nearly everywhere by violence. The liberal organisationofmodernsocietyaredistinguishedfromthoseexactlybecausethey are flexible, and capable of change and development. They do not need to be destroyed,butonlytobefurtherdeveloped. 25 Bukharin wouldstrongly disagreewithBernsteinon thispoint.Hearguedstrenuously

andviolently againstthenotionthatdemocracywasenoughto realize socialismandthatthe

workingclasscouldgrowintoandrealizesocialismutilizingtheliberal,capitaliststatestructure.

Yet,aswillbecomeevident,Bernstein’sinsightson the changed nature of capitalism became

importantforBukharinduringtheperiodoftheNEP,whenheandtheBolsheviksrealizedthat

Russia had not evolved sufficiently to realize socialism immediately after the revolution and

actually belonged to that “lower civilization.” They came facetoface with the reality of a

“backwards”RussiaaftertheCivilWarandinthetransitionperiod,inthewaythatBernstein

camefacetofacewiththerealityofGermanandEnglishconditionspriortotheGreatWar.

Itisbeyondthescopeofthisstudytodoadetailed analysis of Bernstein’s theory of

Revisionismanditwouldtakeusfarafield.Thepointoftheanalysisaboveistoillustratethe dilemma Bernstein faced when he observed the economic and political developments in

Germany and England and discovered that those developments did not fit the Revolutionary

Marx’sanalysisoftheRevolutionandthetransitiontosocialism.BukharinandtheBolsheviks facedasimilardilemmainpostrevolutionaryRussiaastheystruggledtomakethenecessary adjustmentstothatrealityandfindtheproperroadtosocialism.ThenecessityoftheNEPunder

25 Ibid,163.

40 theDictatorshipoftheProletariatandalongand“evolutionary”roadtosocialismflowedfrom thisrealization.

AnothercrucialinsightinBernstein’sworkrelatestothetasksandtheproblemsfacing theworkingclassifittookpowerprematurely.Bernsteinwarnedagainstaseizureofpowerby theworkingclassbeforethelongtermmaturationandsocializationprocessoftheworkingclass wascompleted.InaforeshadowingoftheBolshevikexperiencehewrote,“themoresuddenly they[theworkingclass]comeinpossessionoftheirfreedom,themoreexperimentstheywill makeinnumberandinviolenceandthereforebeliable to greater mistakes.” 26 Oneofthose

“experiments” was “.” Bernstein saw nationalization as a particularly vexing issueandbelievedthatitwouldcausedifficultieseveninasocietywheretheworkingclasscame topowerpeacefully. 27

Basedonhisanalysisoftheeconomicdiversityinlargescaleandsmallscaleindustryas capitalismdevelopedinthenineteenthcentury,Bernsteinarguedthatthestatewouldfindthe taskofanytypeofnationalizationdaunting,ifnotimpossible.Hearguedthat,ifnationalization came too quickly or too broadly during or after the conquest of state power, then these nationalized industries would essentially serve to drag down the economic level of the post revolutionarysociety.” 28 Conditionswouldthenforcetherevolutionarystateto“leasethemass

of the businesses to associations, whether individual or trade union, for associated

management.” 29 Thatis,thestatewouldthenturntoanalternativeformofassociation,toco operatives,inordertomovetowardssocialism.Hewrote:

Theexpropriationonalargerscalewhichismostlythoughtofinthecriticismof suchproposalscannotinanycaseproduceorganiccreationsinanightbymagic, 26 Ibid,161. 27 Ibid,108. 28 Ibid,162. 29 Ibid,162.

41 andthereforethemostpowerfulrevolutionarygovernmentwouldbecompelledto face the task of looking for a practical theory of cooperative work in agriculture. 30 ThiscrucialinsightprovedtobeaportentofwhattheBolsheviksfacedaftertheCivilWar. 31

FacedwiththegreatdifficultiesofsocialistconstructionaftertheCivilWar,theywouldturnto cooperativessimplybecausetheyrealizedthattheproletarianstatecouldnotachievesocialism by itself. Yet, unlike Bernstein, Bukharin believed that these cooperatives would inevitably growintoorevolveintosocialismandthatthedevelopmentofcooperativesundertheworkers’ statewouldguaranteethetriumphofsocialism.

Bernsteinalsowarnedaboutthedangersofbuildingsocialisminisolation.Hecitedthe experiencesofthe“communisticcolonies”32 andclaimedthat,

These . . . succeed in actual or practical isolation for a long time under circumstances one would consider most unfavourable. But as soon as they attainedagreaterdegreeofprosperityandenteredintomoreintimateintercourse withtheouterworldtheydecayedquickly.Onlyastrongreligiousorotherbond, asectarianwallraisedbetweenthemandthesurroundingworld,apparently,will keepthesecoloniestogetherwhentheyhaveattainedwealth.Butthefactthatitis necessaryformentobelimitedintheirdevelopmentinsomeway,inorderthat suchcoloniesshouldflourish,provesthattheycanneverbethegeneraltypeof associatedlabour. 33 AftertheCivilWar,theBolsheviksfacedsuchadilemma.Theonlywayforthemtorealize socialism, once they were isolated, was to withdraw behind the wall of “Socialism in One

Country,” as they sought, through the NEP, to achieve the “maturity” Bernstein argued was necessaryforsocialism.Asweknow,thisdevelopmenthadseriousramificationsonceStalin cametopower.

30 Ibid,133. 31 Bukharin, The ABC of Communism , 308330. This section illustrated that even during War CommunismtheBolsheviksrealizedthatcooperationwasessentialinachievingsocialism. 32 These“utopian”experimentstookplaceinthe19 th Century.The“Owenites,”andmayothergroups, wereanexampleofthis. 33 Bernstein,131.

42 Insummary,Bernsteinarguedstronglyagainsttherevolution before the working class had“matured”andbeforesocietywasprepared forsocialism.AcarefulreadingofBernstein makesclearthatforhimtheconditionsforsocialismandachievingsocialismin1900inEngland and Germany were very different from what the revolutionary Marx had theorized in 1848.

Therefore,violentrevolutionwasnolongernecessarybecausethelongprocessofmaturation, theraisingoftheculturalleveloftheworkingclassandtheincreasingdemocratizationofsociety madetherevolution,especiallyviolentrevolutionsuperfluous.

MuchofwhatBernsteinwarnedaboutanddiscernedrelating to the necessary level of class maturity and culture and the dangers inherent in a “premature” revolution eventually influenced Bukharin’s thinking about the NEP. This does not mean that Bukharin was a

“Revisionist”orthathebelievedtheNEPwouldnotleadtosocialism.RatherwhatBukharin tookfromBernsteinwerethelessonslearnedwhenanalyzingevidenceandconfrontingchanged circumstancesandphenomena.

However, “a more immediate influence [on Bukharin] originated with Rudolf

Hilferding's Finance Capital.” 34 Bukharin owed a great debt to Rudolf Hilferding, whose

insights on the changed nature of capitalist state and its transformation into the directing

“subject”(theinterventioniststate)ofhistoricaldevelopmenthadaprofoundimpactonBukharin

andtheevolutionofhispoliticalphilosophy.

34 Richard B. Day, introduction to N. I. Bukharin, Selected Writings on the State and the Transition to Socialism ,xxxiv.

43 2.1.2. and Finance Capital

Hilferding,anAustroMarxist,represented“a currentofthoughtattemptingtodistance itselffromthetypicalorthodoxMarxistbelievers by trying to creatively develop the Marxist heritage.” 35 In the early years of the 20 th century, they confronted the Austrian school of

economics whose theory of value began with the individual. In contrast, Hilferding and the

AustroMarxists placed society and social relations at the core of their theory of value. 36 In

1904,HilferdingpublishedacriticismoftheirworkinhisbookBöhmBawerk'sCriticismof

Marx .37 AlthoughthisworkwasarebuttaltotheAustrianschool,Hilferding,likeBernsteinand

theRevisionists,soughttounderstandthechangestakingplaceinmoderncapitalismandwhat

thosechangesmeantforthefutureofsocialism.

HilferdinglaidouthisrethinkingofMarxismandmoderncapitalisminhisclassicwork,

Finance Capital 38 (1910), a volume that had a profound impact on contemporary Marxist thinkers, including Bukharin. Tom Bottomore, in his introduction to Hilferding’s Finance

Capital,” dubs it “one of the classical works of Marxist theory,”39 pointing out that it was

Hilferdingwhofirstformulatedtheideas

about the role of cartels and trusts, both nationally and internationally, the influenceofthebanks,organizedcapitalismasastageinthemovementtowarda socialized economy, the growth of the interventionist state with its inherent

35 JonasZoninsein,MonopolyCapitalTheory:HilferdingandTwentiethCenturyCapitalism (NewYork: GreenwoodPress,1990),7. 36 Thomas Bottomore, introduction to Finance Capital: A Study of the Latest Phase of Capitalist Development ,4. 37 RudolfHilferding,BöhmBawerk'sCriticismofMarx,trans.EdenandCedarPaul(Glasgow: SocialistLabourPress,1920) 38 Rudolf Hilferding, Finance Capital: a study of the latest phase of capitalist development , ed. Tom Bottomore,trans.MorrisWatnickandSamGordon(London;Boston:Routledge&KeganPaul,1981) 39 Bottomore,introductiontoFinanceCapital:astudyofthelatestphaseofcapitalistdevelopment ,1617. ThereisnocontradictionbetweenHilferding’sattemptto“creativelydevelop”MarxismandseeingHilferdingwork asa“classical”work.HilferdingworkedonexpandingandupdatingMarxistanalysisofcapitalistdevelopmentin thechangedcircumstancesofthisperiod.

44 potentiality for becoming a system of total power, and the politics of imperialism.40 JonasZoninseinconcurswiththisassessmentwritingthat,“FinanceCapital wasevengreetedby

OttoBauerandKarlKautsky as... somethinglike a fourth volume of Marx’s Capital .” 41

RichardDaywritesthatFinanceCapital was“widelyacclaimedasthemissingfourthvolumeof

Capital , Hilferding's book reintegrated Marxism in a new synthesis that included both the

classical business cycle and the latest organizational changes.” 42 Bukharin would eventually

adopt and adapt many of Hilferding’s insights into his own work on the development of

monopoly capitalism in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the development of

imperialism and the “interventionist” state and what these meant for the revolution and the

transitiontosocialism.43

In Finance Capital , Hilferding argued that a new and higher form of capitalism had

emergedfromthechaoticconditionsofcompetitive,laissezfairecapitalism.Thiswas,ashe believed at the time, the final stage of capitalism, 44 a stage he called “finance capitalism.” 45

“Finance capitalism,” through cartelization and monopolization of the national, capitalist economy,eliminatedtheanarchiccompetitioninnatetothecommercialandindustrialcapitalist phasesofhistory.

Oncecartelizationand monopolizationhadcompletelyorganizedtheeconomyineach capitalist nation, imperialism inevitably developed.46 This happened because once finance

capitalismhadeliminatedtheinternalcompetitionandthechaosoftheinternal,nationalmarket,

40 Ibid,1617. 41 Zoninsein,5. 42 RichardB.Day,introductiontoSelectedWritingsontheStateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,xxxiv. 43 P.M.Sweezy,“FourLecturesonMarxism”MonthlyReviewPress,(1981);60. 44 Zoninsein,101122.Zoninsein,aswellasBottomorebelievedthatHilferding,withhisarticlein1918 “OrganizedCapitalism,”“qualified”hisearlierthesisontheroleofthestate. 45 Hilferding,FinanceCapital:astudyofthelatestphaseofcapitalistdevelopment ,368370. 46 Ibid,365370.

45 thebattleoncefoughtwithinbordersofcapitaliststateswouldnecessarilyexpandoutwardsinto abattlebetweenstatecapitalisttrustsintheworldmarket. 47 Thebattlecouldtaketheformof tariffwarsand/ormilitaryconflictsbetweenoramongthenationalcapitaliststates.Thiswould occurfortworeasons.Inthefirstinstance,imperialismbecamenecessarybecausethenational statetrustswouldhavetomoveoutintotheworldeconomytofindanddominatenewmarkets andacquiretherawmaterialsneededforproduction.Inthesecondinstance,Hilferdingnoted, thattheexpansionintotheworldeconomywasnecessarybecausethefinancecapitaliststate, even though it was now a rationalized and a noncompetitive capitalist system, still had to overcomethecontradictionsbetweenitscapitalistsuperstructureandproletarianbase.

Asthestatecapitalisttrusts(nations)competedwitheachotherintheworldmarket,the choiceforthenationaltrustswasconflictintheformsoftariffsorimperialistwarorevenfurther cartelization,thistimeontheinternationallevel.(KarlKautskyarguedthiscouldoccurinthe phaseof“ultraImperialism”whentheimperialiststatescouldconceivablyorganizeaworldwide cartel. 48 )Hilferding,incontrast,contendedthattheproletariatwouldconquerstatepowerand

realizesocialismthroughthestruggleagainstimperialism.Hilferdingwrote,“victorycancome

only from an unremitting struggle against that policy [imperialism], for only then will the proletariat be the beneficiary of the collapse to which it must lead.” 49 This followed from

Hilferding’s contention that finance capital had already created “the final organizational prerequisites for socialism, finance capitalism also makes the transition easier in a political sense.” 50 Asfinancecapitalbroughtthemostimportantbranchesofindustry,suchasmining,

ironandsteel,electricityandsoon,andproductionunderitscontrolandasthebanksextended

47 Ibid,Chapters2125forHilferding’sanalysisofimperialismanditsnature. 48 KarlKautsky,“UltraImperialism (1914),”2004,http://www.marxists.org/archive/kautsky/1914/09/ultra imp.htm(30June2004). 49 Hilferding,FinanceCapital:astudyofthelatestphaseofcapitalistdevelopment ,366. 50 Ibid,368.

46 theirpoweroverindustry,thetransitionperiodtosocialismwouldbemuchsmootherandmuch easier. 51

According to Hilferding, realizing socialism by takingoverthestatebecamepossible becausethebankshadalreadybroughttogetherindustrialcapitalistsandmergedwiththemto eliminatetheanarchyofthemarketandtoactasthemanagerofmonopolycapitalismandthe cartels. 52 Consequently, the proletariat would not need to destroy the capitalist state and its

economic system. It would come to power and realize socialism simply by taking political

controlofthestatesystemthroughthe“politicalrevolution.”This“political”revolutionandthe

seizureofpowerwouldreplacethe“dictatorshipofthemagnates”withthe“dictatorshipofthe proletariat.”Theproletariatwouldthusnotneedtheviolentsocialoreconomicrevolutionasthe

workingclasscoulduseallthepowersofthatstateoverthemonopolizedeconomicsystemto

facilitate the transition to socialism. 53 Hilferding’s insight into the evolution of finance capitalismandtheroleofthebanksinthisprocessbecamecentraltoBukharin’sanalysisofthe transitionperiodtosocialism.Infact,Bottomorewrites,“Bukharin’sstartingpointandessential inspirationwasFinanceCapital .” 54

AnimportantpointmadebyHilferding,whichsignificantlyinfluencedBukharin,wasthe processofcartelizationandmonopolizationofthecapitalisteconomicsystemandtheimpactthat had on the smaller industries in the system. He argued that, “Alongside this process of concentration,thereisalsoatrendinretailtradetoeliminatetheindependenttrader” 55 andthat

“Monopolistic combinations, on the other hand, tend to eliminate independent trading

51 Ibid,268. 52 Ibid,233236. 53 Ibid,368370. 54 Bottomore,introductiontoFinanceCapital:astudyofthelatestphaseofcapitalistdevelopment ,1. 55 Hilferding,FinanceCapital:astudyofthelatestphaseofcapitalistdevelopment ,209.

47 altogether.” 56 WhatHilferdingdiscernedwastheprocessbywhichthelargerenterprisescame todominate,absorb,ordestroythesmallerenterpriseintothelargerunits.Theybecamepartof a newer and more advanced capitalist system, all the while taking on the values of this new system. In this way, the finance capitalist state eliminated competition and the individual capitalist.Hilferdingputitthisway:

Industrialprofitincorporatescommercialprofit,isitselfcapitalizedaspromoter’s profit,andbecomesthebootyofthetrinitywhichhasattainedthehighestformof capitalasfinancecapital.ForindustrialcapitalasGodtheFather,whosentforth commercial and bank capital as God the Son, and money capital is the Holy Ghost.Theyarethreepersonunitedinone,infinancecapital. 57 Hilferdingbelievedthattherewerenolimitstothiscartelizationandthattheultimateoutcome

“wouldbetheformationofageneralcartel.” 58 Thecapitalistsystemwouldthen“beconsciously regulatedbyasinglebody,”59 competitionwithinthenationaleconomywouldendandfinance

capitalismwouldexercisepowerover“thelifeprocessofsociety.” 60 Financecapitalwouldalso

increasinglycontrolthesocializationprocessthroughitscontroloftheindividualstatestructure

andeconomiccartel.ThisinsightunderlayBukharin’slaterworkonthetransitiontosocialism, beginningwiththeABCofCommunism ,inwhichhearguedthattheproletarianstatestructure

coulduseitsownmonopolizedpoliticalandeconomicsystemtoabsorbitsantagonisticbaseinto

socialism.

Hilferdingalsoarguedthat,intheperiodoffinance capitalism, “the capitalist class

seizespossessionofthestateapparatusinadirect,undisguised,andpalpableway,andmakesit

the instrument of its exploitative interests.” 61 Therefore, Hilferding believed that once

56 Ibid,211. 57 Ibid,220. 58 Ibid,234. 59 Ibid,234. 60 Ibid,235. 61 Ibid,368.

48 monopolization of the economy was complete and the capitalist class had seized complete controlofthestatethatstatenowexistedsolelytoservethemonopolizedandnoncompetitive capitalistsystemandthewishesofthecapitalist class.62 Thisnewstatealsohadbecomeso powerfulthatitcouldsocializeevenitsantagonisticbaseintothecapitalistsystem.Hewrote:

Economicpoweralsomeanspoliticalpower.Dominationoftheeconomygives controloftheinstrumentsofstatepower.Thegreaterthedegreeofconcentration in the economic sphere, the more unbounded is the control of the state. The rigorousconcentrationofalltheinstrumentsofstatepowertakestheformofan extreme deployment of the power of the state, which becomes the invincible instrumentformaintainingeconomicdomination 63 ThisprovedtobethemostimportantinsightforBukharinandhislaterworkontheroleofthe stateinthetransitionperiod.

Hilferding’sanalysisandworkonthedevelopmentofthis“interventioniststate”became the foundation of Bukharin’s analysis to explain how the proletariat could use its own

“interventionist,”proletarianstatestructuretofacilitatethetransitiontosocialism,afterithad destroyed the state capitalist structure. During the NEP in particular, Bukharin utilized

Hilferding’sanalysisandarguedthattheproletarianstatewouldactinthesamemannerasthe capitaliststatehadactedintheperiodoffinancecapitalwhenitdominatedtheeconomyandall facets of life. For Bukharin and the Bolsheviks, this meant that during the transition to socialism,theBolshevikswouldusetheircontrolofthecoercivepowersoftheproletarianstate and their domination of the “commanding heights” of the economy to socialize their own antagonisticbaseintosocialism.Inessence,Bukharinarguedthat,inthetransitionperiod,the proletarianstatewouldactasthe“dialecticalopposite”offinancecapital,anduseitsdomination

62 By1918,Hilferdingargued,in“OrganizedCapitalism,”thatthestateisactuallyanindependentagency thatcouldacttorepresentwhichevergroupcontrolleditatanyparticulartime. 63 Hilferding,FinanceCapital:astudyofthelatestphaseofcapitalistdevelopment ,370.

49 oftheleversofstatepowerandtheeconomytobuildsocialismandsocializeitsantagonistic baseintosocialism.

BothBernsteinandHilferdingprovidedBukharinwithtellinginsightsintothechangesin capitalismsincethepublicationoftheCommunistManifesto in1848.AlthoughBukharindid

notagreewithalltheirconclusions,theirinsightsplayedacrucialroleinhisthinkingonthe

transitiontosocialism.WhatwillbecomeclearlaterinthisstudyisthatBukharinduringthe

NEP,likeBernstein,adaptedtothe“objective”realityofthelevelofdevelopmentandmaturity

of the working class and society when making policy decisions. Bukharin would also use

Hilferding’sinsightintothedevelopmentofthe“interventionist” state, the changed nature of

state power and the reversal of the relationship between the base and the superstructure to

understand his support for both War Communism and then the NEP. In essence, by 1925,

Bukharin,wouldsynthesizetherevolutionary analysisofhisLeftCommunistperiodand,the

evolutionarypathtosocialismasexemplifiedbyBernsteinandaddHilferding’sinsightonthe

changednatureofstateduringtheperiodofimperialismintoacoherenttheoryofrevolutionand

thetransitiontosocialism.

50

3. BUKHARIN AND THE IMPERIALIST STATE: 1914-1917

The modern state, no matter what its form, is essentially a capitalist machine . . . the ideal personification of the total national capital. The more it proceeds to the taking over of the productiveforce,themoredoesitactuallybecome thenationalcapitalist. All the social functions of the capitalist are now performed by salaried employees. The capitalist hasnofurthersocialfunctionthanthatofpocketing dividends,tearingoffcouponsandgamblingonthe StockExchange. FrederickEngels 1

3.1. Introduction

Chapter1examinedtheconflictinMarxismregardingtheproperroleofthestateandthe useofstatepowerinthetransitionperiodfromcapitalismtosocialism.Italsoexaminedthe conflictinMarxistthoughtovertheproperroadtosocialismandarguedthatdependingonthe particularperiod,MarxistthinkerscouldinterpretMarx’sworktojustifyanimmediate,radical, and revolutionary overthrow of the capitalist system, or argue that socialism would develop throughalongterm,evolutionaryprocess.Again,dependingontheparticularperiodofhistory, onecouldtakefromMarx’sworkthatthestate,i.e.theDictatorshipoftheProletariat,would

1FrederickEngels,AntiDühring:HerrEugenDühring'sRevolutioninScience (Moscow:Foreign LanguagesPublishingHouse,1962),38132.

51 oversee a relatively rapid transition to socialism because the economic, social, and political preconditions for socialism were in place. Alternatively, one could conclude that, after the revolution,thestatewouldhavetoaccomplishwhatcapitalismhadleftundonebycreatingthe economic, social, and political conditions necessary to realize socialism. Thus, the transition periodwouldnotbeashortone,butalongtermprocesstakingmanyyears.Theseconflicting interpretationsofMarxistthinkingontheRevolutionandthestateleftagreatdealoffreedomfor thinkerstoadaptMarxismtothechangedcircumstanceswithincapitalismofthelate19 th and early20 th Centuries.

Chapter2analyzedtheworksoftwosocialistthinkerswhobegantodiscernandstudy the changed nature of capitalism and what that these changes meant for socialism. Both concluded that it was possible to realize socialism peacefully. Hilferding’s analysis of the changedroleofthestateintheperiodoffinancecapitalismwasofparticularimportanceinthis chapter. Like Engels, he discerned the reversed relationship between the base and the superstructureincapitalistnations,andsoughttounderstandwhatthatmeantfortherevolution and socialism. In particular, Hilferding made it clear that, by the early twentieth century,

Marxist thinkers understood the role of the state, both in the period of capitalism and in the transition to socialism, very differently from the revolutionary Marx who perceived the

“parasite”stateasdescribedbyHunt.

MarxistthinkerssuchasBukharinfoundthemselveswrestlingwithimplicationsofthese analyses and, consequently, the problem of which was the “correct” Marx to follow in the revolutionandthetransitionperiod.WouldtheyfollowtherevolutionaryMarxofthecommune state? Alternatively, would they follow the evolutionary Marx of the productivist state that foresaw a gradual, evolutionary path to socialism? These tensions within Marxism and the

52 arguments of Hilferding and the Revisionists all deeply influenced and shaped Bukharin’s evolvingconceptionofthestate,thenatureofthebasesuperstructuremetaphor,andthestate’s roleinthetransitiontosocialism.

3.2. Early Writings

Bukharin’ssignificanttheoreticalworkbeganwithTheEconomicTheoryoftheLeisure

Class (1914), 2whichwasacritiqueofEugenBöhmBawerk’sKarlMarxandtheCloseofHis

System .3Inthisbook,Bukharin,likeHilferdingbeforehim,attackedtheAustrianSchoolof

MarginalUtilityforitscriticismofMarxandputforthaspiriteddefenseofMarxandMarxism.

Still,mosthistoriansconsiderBukharin’sImperialismandtheWorldEconomy (1915)tobehis

first important work, one generally acknowledged to have influenced Lenin’s own work on

imperialism.InJuly1916,hefinished“TowardsaTheoryoftheImperialistState”(1916), 4a followup essay to Imperialism and the World Economy . These latter two works represent

Bukharin’searliestattemptstounderstandtheimplicationsofthechangednatureofthestatein

the imperialist period and what that change meant for war, revolution and the triumph of

socialism.

2NikolaiI.Bukharin,TheEconomicTheoryoftheLeisureClass (NY:InternationalPublishers,1927) 3EugenvonBöhmBawerk,KarlMarxandtheCloseofHisSystem (Philadelphia:OrionEditions,1984) 4NIBukharin:“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState,”inSelectedWritingsontheStateandthe TransitiontoSocialism ,633.

53 3.2.1. Economic Theory of the Leisure Class

Intheautumnof1914,BukharinwroteTheEconomicTheoryoftheLeisureClass in response,likeHilferding,toEugenBöhmBawerk’sKarlMarxandtheCloseofHisSystem ,a

work in which BöhmBawerk had attacked Marx’s Capital for the supposed contradiction between“laborvalue”inVolumeIand“productionvalue”inVolumeIII. 5AlthoughBukharin

didnotdealwiththeissueofthestateinthiswork,itisofinterestforwhatittellsusabout

Bukharinandhisdevelopmentasatheoretician.

Cohenwritesthat,incontrasttohislaterwritings,“Bukharindidlittlemorethanrestate fundamentalMarxistpropositionsaboutthestudyofpoliticaleconomyandsociety,” 6locating

himself “squarely in the mainstream of orthodox European Marxism.” 7 He attacked and

criticized the Austrian School for its subjectivism, its individualism, and for its misguided

analysisoftheLawofValue.Inparticular,hecriticizedtheAustrianschoolforitsdevelopment

andpromotionoftheTheoryofMarginalUtility.Thistheorycontradictedthelinchpinofall

Marx’s work, the “labor theory of value,” because it considered individual and irrational

responsestobethedecidingfactorsinexchange. 8

LikeHilferdingbeforehim,BukharincriticizedBöhmBawerk’sanalysisasflawedfrom

the outset because BöhmBawerk gave the individual precedence over society. Bukharin believed that this mistake was at the root of BöhmBawerk’s and the Marginalist school’s

errors. 9 He argued that the difference between Marxism and the Austrian school was that

5DonaldJ.Harris,introductiontoEconomicTheoryoftheLeisureClass ,byNikolaiBukharin,xiiixiv. 6Cohen,19. 7Ibid,20. 8Bukharin,EconomicTheoryoftheLeisureClass ,3233.Bukharinexpresslycriticizedhimfor“atheory ofsubjectivism(psychologism)onthebasisofananalysisofconsumption.” 9 See Rudolf Hilferding, BöhmBawerk’s Criticism of Marx ,121196,forhow Hilferdinganalyzedand criticizedtheAustrianSchoolofEconomics.

54 Marxism recognized the priority of society over the individual, the temporary nature of any socialstructure,andthedominantroleplayedbyproduction.HecriticizedtheAustrianSchool foritsemphasisonextremeindividualisminitsmethodology,itsahistoricalpointofview,and its stress on consumption. 10 Bukharin also attacked the Austrian School for its “ethical trimmings,”11 as ethics had no place in a “scientific” analysis of historical and economical

developments.Inshort,thisworkmarkedBukharinasanorthodoxMarxistasunderstoodinthis period.

WhatisofinterestforthisstudyisthatBukharinrecognizedthattheAustrianSchoolof

MarginalUtilityhaddiscernedthedevelopmentof“finance capitalism.” He explicitly labeled the Austrians as apologists for the new class of “rentiers,” representing those among the bourgeoisie who had now broken from the production process. 12 Bukharin claimed that the

Austrian School represented the “findesiècle bourgeoisie,” 13 andthattheir“newtheoryisa childofthebourgeoisieonits last legs .” 14 (Emphasisintheoriginal)Moreover,hearguedthat becauseofthetendenciesoffinancecapitalism,

We consider the Austrian theory [Marginal Utility] as the ideology of the bourgeoiswhohasalreadybeeneliminatedfromtheprocessofproduction,the psychologyofthedecliningbourgeoisie. 15 He asserted that their theories failed to deal with, what was to him, the most important

fundamentalquestionfacingtheworld.Thiswasthe“enormousandspeedyaccumulationof

capital,” that brought with it “concentration and centralization,” and an uncommonly rapid progressintechnology.Finally,accordingtoBukharin,thesethinkersfailedtodealwith“the

10 Bukharin,TheEconomicTheoryoftheLeisureClass,36. 11 Ibid,54. 12 Ibid,34. 13 Ibid,58. 14 Ibid,23. 15 Ibid,31.

55 regularrecurrenceofindustrialcrisesthisspecificallycapitalisticphenomenonwhichshakes thesocialeconomicsystemtoitsfoundations.” 16

BesidesprovidingaglimpseintoBukharin’s“orthodoxMarxism,”TheEconomicsofthe

LeisureClass providesthereaderwithintriguinginsightsintoaproblemwithwhichBukharin

andotherMarxistandbourgeoistheoreticiansofthisera grappled.They struggledwithand

attemptedtounderstandtheemergenceandconsolidationoffinancecapitalandimperialism,and

whatthatmeantinhistoricaltermsforthelongtermstabilityofcapitalismand,forBukharin,the prospectsofsocialistrevolution.AlthoughBukharin primarily relied upon the revolutionary,

andwhathadbecomebythistime,classicalMarxism,thisworkdemonstratestheinfluenceof

HilferdingandBernsteinonhisanalysisoftheroleofthestateinthetransitionperiod.

Bukharin,likeHilferdingandeventuallyLenin,believedthattheemergenceoffinance

capitalismandimperialismrepresentedthefinalphaseofcapitalismbecausethematerialand politicalpreconditionsforsocialismnowexisted.Bukharin’sbeliefthatcapitalismhadreached

itsfinalstagepriortotheGreatWar,alongwiththesubsequenttransformationofstatepower

duringtheGreatWar,laidthefoundationforandinformedhisworkonthestateanditsrolein

theradicalandevolutionaryperiodsoftheRevolution.Bukharintookthisinsight,incorporated

Hilferding’sworkonthechangedroleofthestate,andhisandBernstein’sanalysisofhowthe proletariatcouldusethestateinthetransitionperiodtosocialism,tounderstandthisnewstage

ofcapitalismandtheroletheproletarianstatewouldplayinthetransitiontosocialism.

16 Ibid,57.

56 3.3. Bukharin and

AsMarxistandbourgeoistheoreticianssearchedforanexplanationfortheemergenceof financecapitalismandimperialismandtheimplicationsofthesedevelopments,theGreatWar andthedisruptionanddestructionitwroughtmadethissearchevenmoreurgent.TheGreatWar dramaticallytransformedthesocialandeconomiclifeofallthenationsinvolved,asthemilitary demandsofthewardictatedthattheEuropeanstatescentralizeandbringtheproductiveforces oftheirrespectivecountriesunderincreasingstatecontrol.MarcFerro,inTheGreatWar ,points outthatthegovernmentinGermany“proceededgraduallywithindustrialreorganizationonlines leadingtoakindofstatecapitalism,” 17 asthedemandsofthewarledtoincreasingstatecontrol

overtheeconomyandsociety.EveninUnitedStates,wherethestatehistoricallyabstainedfrom

theeconomy,thecentralgovernmentbecamemoreofanactiveagent,takingonandperforming

manyfunctionsthat,inMarxistterms,wereintherealmof“civilsociety.” 18 Thus,forMarxist thinkers,thechallengesbecameevenmoreformidableinthisera.Notonlydidthesethinkers havetowrestlewithdefiningandascertainingthehistoricalimportance offinance capitalism, imperialism,andtheemergenceofstatecapitalismashistoricalcategories,theyhadtoexplain howthesephenomena,inparticularstatecapitalism,wouldleadtosocialism.Ferroprovidesa glimpseintothatfuturewhenhecitestheGermanindustrialist,WalterRathenau,whosaid“It

17 MarcFerro,TheGreatWar (London:RoutledgeClassics,2002),129135.Ferro,inthesefewpages demonstratedhowthenationscentralizedtheireconomicsystemsandtotallymobilizedtheirsocietiestoprosecute thewar. 18 Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, The German Ideology (NY: International Publishers, 1995), 712. AccordingtoMarx’searlierwork,“civilsociety”wasthesphereinwhichhumanbeingsactedintheirownself interestseparatefromothersandwithoutinterferenceofthestate.TheStatewasonlytoserveasapoliceforcein guaranteeingpeoplesafety.Alleconomicactivitytookplaceinthissphere,withthestatesimplyactingtoprotect thisactivity.

57 [statecapitalism]meantasteptowardsstatesocialism,becausetradewasnolongerfree,being subjecttoregulation...Allthisconstitutedaninnovationthatthefuturemaytaketo.” 19

As we know, Bukharin disagreed with Hilferding and Bernstein, who argued that the

working class could achieve socialism without revolution. He even came into conflict with

Lenin who, echoing Rathenau, considered state capitalism as a means to achieve socialism.

Bukharin, instead, replied with his famous dictum “For socialism is regulated production,

regulated by society , not by the state (state socialism is about as useful as leaky boots.).”20

(Emphasisinoriginal)Hearguedthatthecapitaliststatehadtobesmashedandaproletarian state structure created before the working class could attain socialism. Yet, Bukharin, like

Rathenau,alsowrotesomewhatcontradictorilythat,“thefuturebelongstoeconomicformsthat areclosetostatecapitalism,”21 andpostulatedthatthefeaturesofthistransitionperiodwouldbe

“economicforms...closetostatecapitalism.”Thismeantthatthisnewstatewouldbe“state capitalism in reverse , its own dialectical transformation into its own antithesis.”(Emphasisin original) 22

On one level, this appears contradictory. However, examining Bukharin’s work more closelyrevealsanunderlyingtheoreticalconsistencytohisevolvingconceptionofthestatethat haditsrootsinhisemergingsynthesisofthevarious,conflictingstrainsofMarxismregarding revolution and the state. To understand how Bukharin accomplished this synthesis and the natureofthissynthesis,thisstudybeginsitsanalysisin1915withImperialismandtheWorld

Economy )andconcludesin1925withTheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance . 19 Ferro,131. 20 NikolaiBukharin,“TowardATheoryoftheImperialistState,”inSelectedWritingontheStateanthe TransitiontoSocialism ,26.HereBukharinstaysveryclosetoMarx(SeeGermanIdeology ,712.)inhisviewthat socialismwillresultbyendingthealienationoftheindividualincivilsociety,oncethestateisgone,asitisnothing morethananexpressionofclassinterests.Thiswillbeimportantlaterinthisstudy,becauseinactualitythecivil societyinSovietRussiaandinBukharin’stheoriesissubsumedbytheStateinsteadofviceversa. 21 NikolaiBukharin,ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,158. 22 NikolaiBukharin,ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod ,101.

58 Indoingthis,thisdissertationwillillustratehowBukharinbelievedtheproletarianstatewould accomplishthetransitiontosocialismaftertherevolutioninaformsimilartostatecapitalism.

However,becauseoftheproletarianstate’ssocialorigins,thenewproletarianstatestructure,in theformoftheDictatorshipoftheProletariatwouldaccomplishthetransitiontosocialismasthe dialecticalantithesistostatecapitalism.23

3.4. The Great War, State Capitalism and Imperialism

Therewasageneralawarenessamongtheof the great powers that the continuance of the war beyond 1916 might break the political and social structureofprewarEurope. JohnBourne 24 In1917Europeanhistory,intheoldsense,cameto an end. It was the moment of birth for our contemporary world; the dramatic moment of modernman’sexistence. A.J.PTaylor 25 TheGreatWarwasawatershedinEuropeanandworldhistory.Itwasawarthatmany believedwouldlastonlysixmonths.Yet,itdraggedonforfourlongyears,witheachyearofthe warbringingnewhorrorsanddisasters.Thewarthatmanynations,inparticulartheGerman,

Russian and AustroHungarian Empires, saw as a way to resolve their internal conflicts and establishtheirglobalpositionshadinsteadstrainedtheirpoliticalsystems,theireconomiesand

23 Seeaboveinthediscussion onBöhmBawerk.Understatecapitalism,thecapitalistsystemproceeds fromsubjective(irrational,spontaneous)wantsanditssmallestunitistheindividual,whereinMarxism,thenew society mustproceedfromtheobjective(plannedand organized) and the social (with the individual finding his speciesbeingwithinthecollective.Thebaseofeachsystemthusdeterminesthenatureofitsrespectivestate.This iswhystatecapitalismcannotleadtosocialism;itproceedsfromacapitalistbase. 24 JohnBourne,“TheWorldWarContext”inPasschandaeleinPerspective:TheThirdBattleofYpres ,ed. PeterH.Liddell(PenandSwordPaperbacks,LeoCooper,London,1997),4. 25 A.J.P.Taylor,TheFirstWorldWar:AnIllustratedHistory (PerigeeBooks,G.P.Putnam’sSons,NY, NY1972),165.

59 theirpeoplestothebreakingpoint.Insteadofrelieffromtheirdomesticmiseries,allthemajor powerssufferedgreatshocksandlosses.Theworstyear,1916,gavetheworldthetragediesof

Verdun,theSomme,andtheBrusilovOffensive.Theseevents“toreawaywhatremainedofthe lastvestigesofthe‘shortwarillusion.’”26 TheofficialpolicyofmassslaughterinitiatedbyThe

Ottoman Empire in 1915 against the Armenians had now became the official policy of the

GermansatVerdunandeventually,unofficially,ofallthemajorpowersbytheendof1916.

AtVerdun,theGermangeneralstaffcommitteditselftoapolicyofattritiontomake,in vonFalkenhayn’swords,“theforcesofFrance...bleedtodeath.” 27 Intheprocess,bothsides lostacombined600,000men,allforapieceofground,whichhadnostrategicvalue.On1July

1916, on the first day of the Battle of the Somme, the British Army suffered approximately

60,000casualtiesoutofthe120,000menwhotookpartintheoffensive. 28 ByNovember1916, the combined casualties among the German, French, and British armies amounted to approximately 1.2 million men. 29 OntheEasternFront,the BrusilovoffensiveinJuly 1916 destroyedthewilloftheAustrianstofightandcontributedtothecollapseofthatEmpire.By thistimetheRussianarmyitselfsuffered1,412,000casualties,thisinanarmythathadalready enduredhorrificlossesinthetwoyearsofwar. 30 Thisbattleandsubsequentdefeatsmarkedthe

finalgaspoftheRussianEmpire. 31 OntheItalianFront,“HalfoftheentireItalianwarcasualty

26 Bourne,4. 27 AlistairHorne,ThePriceofGlory:Verdun1916 (NewYork,NewYork:PenguinBooks,1964),44. 28 David Stevenson, Cataclysm: The First World War as Political Tragedy (New York: Basic Books, 2004),137. 29 Taylor,135,140. 30 JohnKeegan:TheFirstWorldWar (NewYork,NewYork:AlfredA.Knopf,1999),303308. 31 Taylor,127130.EdmundTaylor,TheFalloftheDynasties:TheCollapseoftheOldOrder19051922 (NewYork,NewYork:DorsetPress,1963),244246.Russia’stotalcasualtiesforthewarwere9,000,000men, approximately76%ofthetotalmobilized.

60 totalsome300,000of600,000weresufferedalongtheIsonzo,”mostofthosein1916ina seriesofbattlesthattookplacebetweenMarchandNovemberof1916. 32

Thiscarnageandtheshockstheyinflictedonthoseonthehomefrontrenttheveryfabric

of prewar European society and created a revolutionary situation throughout Europe. Karl

Radek believed that the experiences suffered by the working class at the front made the

Revolutionpossible.WritinginSeptember1918,astheGreatWarneareditsend,Radekargued

that:

They[theworkingclass]hadtowadethroughthehorrorsofwar,betorninpieces bygrenades;theyhadtobleedtodeathfortheinterestsofthecapitalists;theyhad toheapupmountainsofcorpses,inorderthatthelessonthatcapitalismleadsto thebloodiestanarchy,tothedestructionofthefewculturalachievementswhich have been created, to the deepest misery of the masses, to their literal enslavement,sothatthislessonmightbeconvertedoutofatheoreticalthesisinto acryingandburningcertainty. 33 Theseexperienceshad indeedradicalizedmanyinthe working class, particularly in

Russia.However,ithadanotherconsequence.Thiswarforcedallthestatesinvolvedtoplace theirnationaleconomiesandcivilsocietiesundertheirdirectioninordertomeetthematerialand humandemandsofthewar,andholdtheirnationstogether.Women wentintothefactories, rationingbecamecommonplace,andeventhemostliberalstates,includingtheUnitedStates, introducedantisubversivelaws.Theeraof“TotalWar”andthe“Leviathan”statehadarrived. 34

Againstthisbackdrop,Bukharin,buildingonHilferding’s work, began to develop his

analysisoftheimperialiststate,andinparticular,whatthedevelopmentofthisstatemeantfor

32 MichaelDuffy,“FirstWorld.com–TheBattlesofIsonzo,19151917”(2005), www.firstworldwar.com/battles/isonzo.htm(7May2005). 33 KarlRadek,“TheDevelopmentofSocialismfromScience to Action,” in In Defence of the Russian Revolution ,ed.AlRichardson(London:PorcupinePress,1995),9. 34 Wesley Allan Riddle, “War and Individual Liberty in American History” in Leviathan at War , ed. EdmundA.Opitz(NewYork:TheFoundationforEconomicEducation,1995),139143.Thissectiondealswith theUnitedStatesinvolvementintheGreatWarandhowthestateexpandedtofightthewar,throughconscription, propagandaandthecrushingofdissent.Bukharin,ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,6566,145146.Bukharin citestheUnitedStatesasanexampleofhowa“largestatecapitalisttrustgrowsandbecomesconsolidated.”

61 the revolution and the transition to socialism. The result was Imperialism and the World

Economy ,35 and no less than an authority than Lenin, in 1915, recognized the need for this

analysisandtheimportanceofBukharin’sworkintheperiodofthegreat,imperialistwar.Inhis

“Introduction”toImperialismandtheWorldEconomyLeninwrote,

there can be no concrete historical analysis of the present war, if that analysis doesnothaveforitsbasisafullunderstandingofthenatureofimperialism,both fromitseconomicandpoliticalaspects.Withoutthis,itisimpossibletoapproach anunderstandingoftheeconomic anddiplomaticsituation of the last decades, andwithoutsuchanunderstanding,itisridiculous even to speak of forming a correctviewonthewar. 36 Thus, began the philosophical journey that led Bukharin from War Communism to the New

EconomicPolicy,usingasaroadmaphisconsistenttheoreticalanalysisofthestate,andtherole ofthenewLeviathan,proletarianstateaftertheRevolution.

3.4.1. Imperialism and the World Economy

Bukharin and his comrades sought to understand how the bourgeois state had so successfully pitted the working class of one nation against another and how that led to the carnageanddestructionoftheGreatWar.Atthesametime,theysoughttoanalyzeandexplain how imperialism arose from finance capitalism, how this led to the imperialist war and the formationofthestatecapitalisttrust,andthenhowthisentireprocesscouldandwouldleadto theworldwideproletarianrevolutionandthensocialism.

TheGreatWargavethelietobothBernstein’sandHilferding’scontentionthatprocesses ofconsolidationandcentralizationandthestruggleagainstimperialismcouldandwouldleadto 35 Haynes,8.Haynesconcurswiththisanalysisandbeginshischapter“CapitalismAsAWorldEconomy” withadiscussionofthewarandhowitforcedMarxistthinkerstobuildonMarx’sworktounderstandImperialism, thewarandhowtheproletariatwouldrealizesocialism.. 36 V.I.Lenin,introductiontoImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,9.

62 apeacefultransitiontosocialism. 37 Lenincorrectlypointedoutwhathadactuallyoccurredin thecapitalistworld.

Thereisnodoubtthatthedevelopmentisgoing in the direction ofasingleworld trustthatwillswallowupallenterprisesandallstateswithoutexception.Butthe developmentinthisdirectionisproceedingundersuchstress,withsuchtempo, withsuchcontradictions,conflicts,andconvulsionsnotonlyeconomical,butalso political,national,etc.,etc.thatbeforeasingleworldtrustwillbereached,before therespectivenationalfinancecapitalswillhaveformedaworldunionof“ultra imperialism,” imperialism will inevitably explode, capitalism will turn into its opposite. 38 (Emphasisinoriginal) Still, before Bukharin and the Bolsheviks could map their road to socialism, they needed to understandhowEuropehadarrivedattheGreatWarandthenewrevolutionaryconditionsthat arosefromit.ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy wasBukharin’searlyattempttodojustthat.

In Imperialism and the World Economy , Bukharin discerned the same monopolistic tendenciesatworkashadHilferdingandclaimedthat,by1914,capitalism’sfundamentalnature hadradicallychanged.LikeHilferding,hearguedthatindustrialcapitalismhadevolvedintoa powerfulandallencompassingnewformofcapitalismknownas“financecapitalism.” 39 This

“neocapitalism” permeated and organized all sectors of the national economy and thus eliminated the competition and the economic anarchy of the domestic market economy of commercial and industrial capitalism. 40 Thebanksstoodfirmlybehindthisdevelopmentand financedthiscapitalistexpansionandtheconsolidationthattookplace.Ofthisdevelopment,

Bukharinwrote:

An increasingly large section of industrial capital does not belong to the industrialistswhoapplyit.Therighttomanipulatethecapitalisobtainedbythem 37 Bernsteinbelievedthatworkingclasscouldtakepowerpeacefullyanddirectthetransitiontosocialism whenhearguedthat:“Inmodernsocietywehave...anincreasinginsightintothelawsofevolutionandnotablyof economicevolution.Withthisknowledgegoeshandinhand...anincreasingcapacityfordirectingtheeconomic evolution.”SeeBernstein,EvolutionarySocialism ,1415. 38 VILenin,introductiontoImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,14. 39 Cohen,21,2527.CohendetailsHilferding'sanalysisandshowshowBukharinadaptedittohisown analysisoffinancecapital. 40 Cohen,26.

63 onlythroughthebank,whichinrelationtothem,appears as the owner of that capital.Ontheotherhand,thebankiscompelledtoplaceanevergrowingpartof itscapitalinindustry. 41 Thisprocessinextricablylinkedthebanksandtheindustrialists.Capitalhad“beeninreality transformed into industrial capital.”42 The economy itself became more tightly organized as financecapitalismdestroyedtheanarchictendenciesofcapitalismwithinthenationalborders.

Bukharin cited the exampleoftheGermanEmpire Bank,whichbecamesocloselyconnected withtheprivatesectorthatadisputeensuedoverwhetherthisbankwasjustastockcompanyor astateinstitution,andconsequentlywhetheritshouldbesubjecttothelawsgoverningprivateor publicholdings. 43

Bukharinarguedthat,asfinancecapitalismevolved,itacquirednewforms,established new organizational structures, and resolved the contradictions of industrial capitalism by destroyingthe“old,conservative,economicforms”thatexistedinearlierstagesofcapitalism, 44 replacing them with the “capitalist monopoly organizations: cartels, syndicates, trusts, bank syndicates.” 45 Thesetrustsorganizednotonlywithintheindividualindustries,butcutacrossthe

“branches of production . . . transforming them [the various trusts] into one single

organization.” 46 Inessence,thisprocesstended“toturntheentire‘national’economy intoa

single combined enterprise with an organizational connection between all the branches of production.” 47

41 Bukharin,ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,71. 42 Ibid,71. 43 Ibid,73. 44 Ibid,64. 45 Ibid,64. 46 Ibid,70. 47 Ibid,70.

64 These processes transformed the national economy into something new. Bukharin claimedthat,inreality,capitalismhadnowevolvedintowhathecalled“organizedcapitalism,” 48 inwhich

the state power absorbs virtually every branch of production . . . in addition the state increasingly becomes a direct exploiter, organizing and directing production as a collective, joint capitalist. 49 (Emphasisinoriginal) Theeconomyandstatehadnowevolved into one gigantic combined enterprise under the tutelage of the financial kings and the capitalist state, an enterprise which monopolizes the national market and forms the prerequisite for organized production on a higher non-capitalist level. 50 (Emphasisinoriginal) With this development, organized capitalism eliminated the economic chaos inherent in the domestic, industrial capitalist system. States that once had dynamic, yet chaotic, internal economic systems became monopolistic, national capitalist states that now stood in the same relationtoeachotherasindividualenterpriseswithinnationshadintheperiodofcommercial andindustrialcapitalism.

Inhisanalysis,BukharintookMarx’sworkonthedevelopmentofcapitalismwithinthe national borders and extrapolated this to the development of what he termed the “world economy,” which he defined “as a system of production relations and, correspondingly, of exchangerelationsonaworldscale.” 51 Hearguedthattheintertwiningofcapitalandindustry on a worldwide basis brought this new political and economic system into being. 52 This developmentmeantthat“entirecountriesappeartodayas‘towns,’”namely,industrialcountries whereas entire agrarian nations or territories appear to be the ‘country’ of commercial

48 Cohen,26.Hilferdingwouldlaterusethistermin1918todescribecapitalismattheendofthewar. 49 Bukharin,“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState,”22. 50 Bukharin,ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,7374. 51 Ibid,2526. 52 Ibid,1752InthissectionBukharinexplainedhowthe“WorldEconomy”cameintoexistencethrough theintertwiningofFinanceCapitalandindustrywithinnationsandhowthiswentoutintotheWorldEconomy.

65 capitalism.” 53 Themosttechnologicallyadvancednationsnowstoodinrelationtotherestofthe worldasthecityhadstoodtothecountrysideintheindustrialperiodofcapitalism. 54 Withthis development,conflictwouldlogicallyresultamongthenationaltrustsbecause,

Thepolicyoffinancecapitalpursuesathreefoldaim: first, the creation of the largest possible economic territory which, secondly, must be protected against foreign competition by tariff walls, and thus, thirdly must become an area of exploitationforthenationalmonopolycompanies.” 55 Thenational“trustswould “grow at the expense of third persons, outsiders, only after having destroyed intermediarygroupings. 56 Hilferdinghadarguedthatthegoaloffinancecapitalismwasa“selfsufficientnationalstate,and

economicunitlimitlesslyexpandingitsgreatpoweruntilitbecomesaworldkingdomaworld

wide empire.” 57 According to Bukharin, this tendency towards expansion, destruction, and

acquisition,knownas“imperialism,”becametheofficialpolicyoffinancecapitalism. 58

Beyondthepurposeofexpandingthepowerofthefinancecapitaliststateintotheworld economy, imperialism was a means for the finance capitalist state to solve its social and economic conflicts. It accomplished this by absorbing or destroying the smaller and weaker units(otherstates)inaconsciouspolicyofexpansionandconquest. 59 Thisthenalloweditto

acquirethenewmarketsandtherawmaterialsnecessarytocompeteandsurviveintheworld

economy,while,atthesametime,alleviatingthesocialandpoliticaltensionathome. 60

Bukharindidnotbelievethatwarwouldimmediately result from this expansion and intracapitalistcompetition.Hearguedthatcompetitionamongthesestateswouldtakeonnew

53 Ibid,21. 54 Ibid,2122.ThismirrorsMarxandEngels.SeeTheCommunistManifesto ,13wheretheywrote,“Just asit[thebourgeoisie]hasmadethecountrydependentonthetowns,soithasmadebarbarianandsemibarbarian countriesdependentonthecivilizedones.” 55 Ibid,107. 56 Ibid,121. 57 Ibid,109. 58 Ibid,107. 59 Ibid,139140. 60 Ibid,109.

66 andmoreantagonisticformssuchastariffs,whichweresetuptoprotecttheindividualdomestic markets.However,whattheimpositionoftariffsdid,asthecompetitionoverrawmaterials,the newmarkets,andtheexportofcapitaldid,wastocontributetotheanarchyandinstabilityofthe worldmarketaseachnationalstatetrustsoughttoincreaseitspowerandextenditsinfluencein theworldeconomyattheexpenseoftheotherstatetrusts. 61 EventhoughBukharindidnotsee

warbreakingoutimmediatelybecauseofthisnewformofinternational,anarchiccompetition,

hedidbelievethatimperialistwarwasinevitable.Hewrote:

Whatwassaidaboutcrisesistruealsoaboutwars.Warincapitalistsocietyis onlyoneofthemethodsofcapitalistcompetition,whenthelatterextendstothe sphere of world economy. This is why war is an immanent law of a society producing goods under the pressure of the blind laws of a spontaneously developingworldmarket. 62 ToescapethisfateBukharinarguedthatitwaslogical,infacturgent,forthe“variousnational

capitalistgroups” 63 tonegotiateinternationalagreements,whichwouldforminternationaltrusts comparabletothenationaltruststoescapetheconflictsinherentinthisdevelopment,something hedidnotbelievetheycoulddo.

KarlKautsky heldthat agreementamongthevarious capitalist groups was possible.

WritingontheeveoftheGreatWarin1914,heargued

thatcapitalismmaystilllivethroughanotherphase,thetranslationofcartelization into foreign policy: a phase of ultraImperialism, which of course we must struggleagainstasenergeticallyaswedoagainstimperialism.64 Kautskytheorizedthisnew“ultraImperialism”couldproveverystableandthuspreventorhold backtherevolution. 65 BothLeninandBukharinrejectedthisandinsteadarguedthatalifeand

61 Ibid,78,87,107. 62 Ibid,54. 63 Ibid,52. 64 MarxistInternetArchive,“KautskyUltraImperialism(1914),”n.d., http://www.marxists.org/archive/kautsky/1914/09/ultraimp.htm(8January2005).Thiswasoriginallypublishedin September1914. 65 Hanson,86.

67 deathstrugglewouldtakeplaceintheworldeconomybecauseitwasimpossibleforthedifferent groupsofnationalcapitaliststocometoanaccommodationorachievetheamongthe nationalcapitalisttrusts. 66 Bukharin,writingatthetimeof,whatheviewedasthepenultimate,

imperialistwararguedthat:

Itfollows...thattheactualprocessofeconomicdevelopmentwillproceedinthe midstofasharpenedstrugglebetweenthestatecapitalisttrustsandthebackward economicformations.Aseriesofwarsisunavoidable.Inthehistoricprocess, which we are to witness in the near future, world capitalism will move in the directionofauniversalstatecapitalisttrustbyabsorbingtheweakerformations. 67 Thus, Kautsky’s “ultraImperialism,” and Bernstein and Hilferding’s dreams of a peaceful transitiontosocialismintheeraofstatecapitalismbecamejustthat,dreams.

Bukharin also argued that another significant factor militating against a peaceful evolutiontosocialismwasthegrowthofstatepowerandthestate’sabilitytocoerceandcoopt theworkingclassthrough“socialimperialism.”Socialimperialismenabledthecapitaliststateto absorb its antagonistic, proletarian base into the dominant system of capitalism and led the workingclasstoidentifyitsinterestswiththoseofthedominantcapitalistclass.Contemporary observersrecognizedthedevelopmentofthisvariantofimperialismandpointedouthowitwas usedbythefinancecapitaliststate.

JohnHobsonarguedthatimperialismwas“adepravedchoiceofnationallife,imposedby selfseeking interests which appeal to the lusts of quantitative acquisitiveness and of forceful domination,”68 andresultedbecauseoftheeconomicinterestsofasmallbandofextremelyrich

andinfluentialfinanciersinEurope. 69 AnalyzingtheEnglishexperience,Hobsonbelievedthat imperialismhadnotreallybenefitedthecitizensofthecolonialpower.Whatithaddonethough 66 Bukharin,ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,6162. 67 Ibid,139140. 68 J.A.Hobson,Imperialism:AStudy (London:GeorgeAllen&Unwin,1905),368 . 69 Ibid,4663.Inthischapter,Hobsonanalyzeswhothesepeoplewereandhowtheyusedimperialismto benefitthemselves.

68 wastomakeandkeeptheworkingclassreformistinstead of revolutionary by exploiting the economiesofthecoloniestoprovidetheworkingclassofthemothercountrywithaslightly higherstandardoflivingthanordinarilypossibleunderindustrialcapitalism. 70

LordLugard,inparticular,wrotethat,

Iholdthatourright[toimperialism]isthenecessitythatisuponustoprovidefor ourevergrowingpopulationeitherbyopeningnewfieldsforemigration,orby providing work and employment . . . since we know what misery trade depressionbringsathome. 71 In his own work on imperialism, Imperialism: The Highest Stage of Capitalism , Lenin even

quotedCecilRhodes’famousjustificationofimperialism:“TheEmpire,asIhavealwayssaid,is

abreadandbutterquestion.Ifyouwanttoavoidcivilwar,youmustbecomeimperialists.”72

Lenin later illustrated how imperialism split the working class, creating a “labor aristocracy”

and,inessence,makingtheworkingclassmoreandmorebourgeois.Thus,inLenin’sopinion,

the imperialist state, through “social imperialism,”couldabsorbitsantagonisticbaseintothe

valuesofthebourgeois,imperialiststate. 73

The German ruling class embarked on imperial adventures in the 1890s and used

imperialism,andthethreatofwarasintegrativetoolsthatstressedthegreatnessofGermanyand

focused the attention of all classes on external acquisitions and international crises to avoid

reformingtheirpoliticalsystem.HeinrichClaß,theleaderofthePanGermanLeagueviewed

imperialismasameansofstrengtheningtheReich. 74 Claßbelievedandarguedthatwarwasthe

70 LenincitedHobson’sworkascrucialtohisownstudyofImperialism.SeeV.I.Lenin,Imperialism:The HighestStageofCapitalism (NewYork:InternationalPublishers,1977),7. 71 F.D.Lugard,TheRiseofOurEastAfricanEmpire,vol.I(London:Blackwood,1893),379473. 72 Lenin,Imperialism ,79. 73 Ibid,106107. 74 VolkerBerghahn,GermanyandtheApproachofWarin1914 (NewYork:St.Martin’sPress,1993), 106.

69 “onlyremedyforourpeople,”andthat“Agenerouspassageatarmsshouldbequitebeneficial alsoforourdomesticsituationevenifitmeanstearsandgrieftoindividualfamilies.” 75

AsthisnewformofcapitalismevolvedduringtheGreatWar,consolidateditspowerand

dominatedthecapitaliststates,itturnedtherelationshipbetweenthebaseandthesuperstructure

upside down. Through control of the levers of coercion and the institutions of the state,

capitalismsoughtto“gainpowernotonlyoverthelegsofthesoldiers,butalsoovertheirminds

and hearts.” 76 Bukharin asserted that as this occurred, class conflicts in each nation would disappear because the state would annihilate classes and absorb them into the service of the nation. 77 This ability to coopt and dominate the working class in the capitalist states only strengthened Bukharin’s belief that finance capitalism and imperialism could not lead to a peacefulandevolutionarypathtosocialism.Thisnew“Leviathan”capitaliststatehadbecome sopowerfulthatitnowcontrolledthesocializationprocesswithinsociety,destroyingandco optingeventhemostleftwingtradeunions,andleadingtofurthersubjugationanddegradation oftheworkingclass.Oncethefinancecapitaliststatescontrolledtheheartsandmindsofthe workers and soldiers and consolidated the economy, in the form of the national trusts, and society within their own borders, they could “thrust themselves against one another with particular ferocity.”78 InAugust1914,eventsboreouthisanalysiswhen the imperialist war brokeoutandthesocialistpartiesabandonedtheirprinciplesandsupportedthenationalinterests of the imperialist states over their own class interests. Faced with this reality Bukharin concludedthatonlyasocialistrevolutionthatcompletelydestroyedthecapitaliststatecouldlead tosocialism.

75 Ibid,109. 76 EinAuslandDeutscher,StaatssreichoderReformen,(Zurich,1907),203;quotedinBukharin ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,109. 77 Ibid,109. 78 Ibid,121.

70 Another factor that led Bukharin to argue against the possibility of the working class comingtopowerpeacefullyinthiserawasthenatureofthecontradictionswithincapitalism.He maintainedthattheclassconflictsuppressedbyfinance capitalismwithinitsnationalborders wouldnowmoveintotheworldeconomy.Thrustingthosecontradictionsandtheclassconflict intotheworldeconomy,wheretherulingclassofinternationalcapitalismwasnowsplitinto

“national” groupsopposedtoeachotherandtheirrespective working classes, had created an

“ironringofstateorganization”thatwould“letlooseallthedevilsofaworldscuffle.” 79 What wouldoccurwasa“worldindustrialcrisisontheonehand,warsontheother.” 80

Here he applied the classic Marxist analysis of capitalistdevelopmentandtheensuing revolution to the world economy, rather than to the national economy. 81 The international

division of labor united the world into one large, allencompassing labor process where productionnowwasofasocialnatureonaworldwidebasis.However,theacquisitionofgoods,

markets, and raw materials assumed, in Bukharin’s words “the character of ‘national’ (state)

acquisition.” 82 Theclassofnationalcapitalists,notthoseworkersintheworldwhoperformed

thesociallabor,benefitedfromthisdevelopment.

Bukharinarguedthatinthisnewperiodofimperialismandimperialistwartheworkers’ position had worsened absolutely, leading to the sharpening of class antagonism. However, because of imperialism’s nature, the power of the new state, and its ability to oppress and

socializetheworkingclassonanunimaginablescale,thisantagonismreachedheightsthatwere

inconceivable in the previous capitalist epoch. 83 In essence, the social base of the world economywasinconflictwithitssuperstructure.Thiscouldonlyleadtowar,whichwouldthen

79 Ibid,169. 80 Ibid,53. 81 Ibid,106. 82 Ibid,106. 83 Ibid,159160.

71 lead to revolution. Once this happened, Bukharin claimed that the Great War, i.e. the great imperialistwar,wouldseverthelastchainthatbound“theworkerstothemasters.”84 Violent revolution,notpeacefulevolutionanddemocraticseizureofstatepowerorseizureofthestatein thestruggleagainstimperialism,wouldbetheinevitableresult.

Asnotedabove,asignificantnewinsightappearedinBukharin’s Imperialismandthe

WorldEconomy regardingtheroleofthestate.Themonstrousstatepowersthathesawdevelop

andgrowduringthisperiodledBukharintoturnMarxonhishead.He,likeEngelsinAnti

Dühring andHilferdinginFinanceCapital ,nowviewedthestate,alongwithallitsresources,as an “active agent,” as the “subject” of history. In this epoch, Bukharin argued that the superstructurenowconditionedthebaseinsteadofthereverse.

Bukharin argued that, even before the war, given the increased complexity of life in modern capitalism, the state had already taken on an everincreasing number of functions normally reserved for civil society. 85 In particular, he cited the example of how the state

monopolies began to work with the syndicates and the trusts in organizing everything from productiontodistributiontostatecreditandcommunalmeals. 86 Intheperiodofimperialistwar, he argued “the use of state power and the possibilities connected with it” now became paramount. 87

Becauseofthe changednatureofthestate,bothbefore and during the Great War,

Bukharin discerned that the state no longer simply represented the values and wishes of the

capitalistclass,butnowhadbecomethe“enforcer”andprotectorofthe“capitalistsystem.” 88 In

hisanalysisofEngland,France,andGermanyintheprewarandearlyyearsofthewar,Bukharin

84 Ibid,160. 85 Ibid,41. 86 Ibid,149150. 87 Ibid,123124. 88 Ibid,123124.

72 arguedthatthepowerofthestate,evenduringindustrialcapitalism,couldnowsubjugatethe economyandthesocietytotheneedsofthestatewithouthurtingthenativecapitalists. 89 Faced withtheexigenciesofthewar,thestatecreatedmonopoliesandtookonmoreofthefunctionsof theprivatecapitalists.Eveninareaswherethestatedidnotestablishamonopoly,itaffected otherareasoftheeconomy,whichcameintodirectcompetitionwithit.Hecitedtheexamplein

Germanywhenthestatehadnationalizedtheelectricalindustry.Thisactionaffectedtheprivate gasindustrybecauseitcompetedwithelectricityinthemarket.Bukharinbelievedthatitwas thuspossiblethateventuallyagasmonopolywouldcomeintoexistenceundertheauspicesof thestatebecausetheelectricmonopolycouldnotcompetewiththestatemonopoly.Thus,inthis casethelarger,monopolizedstatestructureswouldsubsumethesmallerenterprises.90

Accelerated by the war, this political and economicevolutionledtoa convergenceof statepowerandfinancecapital.Thestateandprivatemonopolyenterprises,undertheimpactof theGreatWar,begantomergeintoonelargetrustwithintheframeworkofthestatecapitalist trust. 91 Thebourgeoisieacceptedthismonopolisticinterferenceofstatepowerbecauseitwasin

their own interests, and because they lost nothing in the process. Bukharin stressed that this

development was nothing more than the “shifting [of] production from one of its hands into

another.”92 The state and the capitalist structure merged, becoming, as Bukharin put it, “an entrepreneurs’companyoftremendouspower,headedevenbythesamepersonsthatoccupythe leading positions in the banking and syndicate offices.” 93 The result of this accelerated

centralization was the development of a new very powerful capitalist form called “state

89 Ibid,150151. 90 Ibid,154. 91 Ibid,155. 92 Ibid,155. 93 Ibid,155.

73 capitalism,” not the state socialism the Revisionists and Hilferding had believed and hoped wouldoccur. 94

InImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,Bukharinnotonlytouchedonthesignificance

of this development of state power but also began to explore how the postrevolutionary proletarianstatecouldusethisstatepowerinthetransitiontosocialismwhenheargued,“the

future belongs to economic forms that are close to state capitalism.” 95 Bukharin did not

specifically address how the proletarian state structure would or should act once it became

dominant over its nonsocialist base. However, it is clear that Bukharin had discerned a

fundamentalshiftinthenatureofthecapitaliststateandconcludedthattheproletarianstate,in

thetransitionperiod,couldacttocontrolthesocializationprocesswithinsocietyinthesame

manner as the state capitalist structure had done during the final stages of capitalism. More

importantlyforthisstudy,thechangednatureofthisstateandBukharin’sunderstandingofthe

reversal of the basesuperstructure metaphor would have significant implications for his philosophicalthoughtinboththerevolutionandinthetransitionperiod.

Atthispoint,Bukharinthoughtsonthestate’sroleweresomewhatgeneral.Hehadnot

reallydealtwiththeissueofhowthestatecouldfacilitatethetransitiontosocialism.Hisprimary

concernwashowthisnewstatehadcomeintobeing,howitcouldleadonlytowar,andhowthis

warthensetthestageforsocialistrevolution.Herecognizedthatthestatehadfundamentally

changedsinceMarx’stime,andthatitnolongersimplyservedasatoolofthebourgeoisclass.

Intheperiodoffinancecapitalismandimperialism,thestatehadbecomeanactiveagent,the

“subject”ofhistory,capableofactinguponanddominatingallaspectandsegmentsofsociety.

94 Ibid,157. 95 Ibid,158.

74 Inhislaterworks,thisawarenesswouldplayasignificantroleinhisanalysisofhowRussia wouldrealizesocialism.

3.4.2. “Toward a Theory of the Imperialist State”

Thusemergesthefinishedtypeofthecontemporary imperialistrobberstate,theironorganization,which withitstenacious,rakingclawsembracestheliving bodyofsociety.ThisistheNewLeviathan,beside whichthe fantasyofThomasHobbeslookslikea child'stoy. NikolaiBukharin 96

InImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,Bukharinhadanalyzedthechangefrom

commercialcapitalismanditspoliciesoffreemarketsandcompetitiontoindustrialcapitalism

andthenfinancecapitalismanditspolicyofimperialism.Hebelievedthatfinancecapitalism

hadestablishedneworganizationalstructuresthatresolvedthecontradictionsofcommercialand

industrialcapitalismwhileitcreatednewcontradictions(disequilibriumintheworldeconomy)

ascapitalistcompetitionmovedintotheworldeconomy.Thedevelopmentoffinancecapitalism

andthenimperialismledtocompetitionamongthenationaltrusts,whichnaturallyledtotension,

conflict,andtheimperialistwar.Theimperialistwar,i.e.theGreatWar,furtheredthe

developmentofthe“Leviathan”stateasthefinancecapitaliststatedealtwiththedemandsofthe

war.

Bukharinhadalsodealtwiththeconsolidationofthestateandstatepower,inparticular

focusingonhowthestatehadtakenonmoreofthefunctionsnormallyreservedforcivilsociety

96 N.I. Bukharin, “Toward aTheory of the Imperialist State,” in Selected Writings on the State and the TransitiontoSocialism ,31.

75 asitbecamedominantoveritsantagonisticbase.Ithadconsolidatedtheproductiveforcesof society under its own power and its own organizations, eventually swallowing these organizations to become “ the sole universal organization of the ruling class. ”97 (Emphasis in original) In reality, it became what he termed “organized capitalism,” 98 in which “ the state power absorbs virtually every branch of production . . . in addition the state increasingly

becomes a direct exploiter, organizing and directing production as a collective, joint

capitalist .” 99 (Emphasisintheoriginal)

Still,hehadnotspecificallydealtwiththedevelopmentofstatecapitalismandwhatthe development of this form of capitalism meant for the working class and for the revolution.

AlthoughBukharinhadforeseenthegrowthinstatepowerandtheimperialiststatebeforethe war,hehadnotreallycontemplatedthepowerofthatstateuntilthewaracceleratedandmade thisdevelopmentexplicit.Hisfirstattempttounderstandandanalyzethisfundamentalchange in capitalism and the role of the state, and what this meant for the revolution and socialism appearedin1916inhisessay“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState.”

“Toward a Theory of the Imperialist State” came at a time when Marxists, including

Lenin,weredebatingthechangedroleofthecapitaliststateintheimperialistperiodandthewar.

Bukharincontributedtothisdebatebyhiseffortstoanalyzeandunderstandthedevelopmentof thenew“Leviathan”stateanditsimplicationsforrevolutionandsocialism.InitiallyBukharin had intended “Toward a Theory of the Imperialist State” for publication in “Sbornik Sotsial

Demokrata.”However,LeninhadjustpublishedhisownanalysisofimperialismandBukharin found himself in disagreement with Lenin over the issue of the “explosion of the [capitalist]

97 Bukharin,“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState,”31. 98 Cohen,26. 99 Bukharin,“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState,”22.

76 state,”i.e.itsdestructionintherevolution,anditsuseasavehicletosocialism. 100 Inafootnote

tothispiece,Bukharinwroteabouttheproblemhefacedinpublishingthiswork,“Theeditorsof

the Sbornik did not consider it possible to include the article, suggesting that it developed

incorrect views concerning the state.” 101 Bukharin argued that he had committed no errors regardingthe“explosionofthestate,”andthatLeninwastheonewhowaswrongonthisissue.

Eventually,Lenin,throughhiswife,toldBukharinthat“henolongerhasanydisagreementswith youonthequestionofthestate.” 102

Ononelevel,in“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialist State,” Bukharin attacked those

Revisionistsandothersocialists,andevenLenin,whosawtheemergenceofstatecapitalismasa positivedevelopment.Onanotherlevel,heattemptedtounderstandhowstatecapitalismhad

developedfromthewarandwhatthatmeantforsocialism.Inthiswork,Bukharinexpandedhis

analysis of state capitalism and its origins as first developed in Imperialism and the World

Economy .Herehebegantofocusonwhatstatecapitalismhadactuallyaccomplishedand,more importantly,whatthismeantforthesocialistrevolution.Whenviewedinretrospect,thiswork containedtheanalysisandphilosophyontheroleofthestateinthetransitiontosocialismthat becamethefoundationofBukharin’sphilosophicalthought.

Inthisessay,Bukharinattackedthose“socialpatriots,”whohadforgottentheirMarxand whotalkedinthelanguageof“thenation”insteadofclass. 103 Bukharinarguedthattheyhad forgottenthattosupportthecapitaliststatewastosupporttheirownoppressorsandreminded themthat:

100 Ibid,3233. 101 Ibid,33. 102 Ibid,33. 103 Ibid,78.

77 From the Marxist point of view, the state is nothing but the most general organization of the ruling classes, its basic function being to preserve and expand the exploitation of the oppressed classes. 104 (Emphasisinoriginal) Themodernimperialiststatewasnodifferent.Ithadarisenasasocialphenomenonpeculiarto itstime,i.e.theperiodoffinancecapitalismandimperialistwar.Therefore,nomatterhowthis statemonopolizedtheinternaleconomyandpoliticsofindividualcapitalistnations,forBukharin therealitywasthatthisnewstatewasstillfundamentallybourgeoisinnature.Thismeantthat thestatewouldalwaysservetheinterestsofthebourgeoisieandsoeveniftheworkingclass wouldtakeoverthisstate,theycouldnotuseittoactintheinterestsoftheworkingclass. 105

UsingtheGermansystemofstateorganizationashismodel,Bukharinarguedthatthe superstructure’s role had changed and its influence over the base became allimportant. The superstructure’sabilitytosocializeandcontrolitsantagonisticbasebecamegreatereventhanin theearlyimperialistphase.Thishadoccurredbecausethedemandsofthewaracceleratedthe interventionistandconsolidatingtendenciesofthestate,whichtookonevengreatereconomic andsocialresponsibilities,andestablishedmorestatemonopolies,particularlyinthedefense relatedindustries. 106 Thestatenowactednotmerelyasamediatingbodyreflectingthewillof

thebourgeoisie,but ratheras anallencompassing,organizingstructure fortheentiresociety.

Indeed, the state now became the active agent of history, the omnipotent bourgeois class

structure, which blatantly represented the class interests of the bourgeoisie and absorbed any person, organization, business, and even trade union that interacted with it or encounteredit.Thestate’stentaclesnowextendedoveranddominatedthepolitical,economic, andsociallifeofthenationandtheworld.Inessence,itnowactedasthe“Leviathan”statethat

104 Ibid,78. 105 Ibid,715. 106 Ibid,20.

78 controlledproduction,distribution,banking,and the organs of coercion, organs that Bukharin latercametobelievetheproletariatwouldpreserveanduseaftertherevolution. 107

Onewayitdidthis,Bukharinargued,wasthrough the cooperation of the state and private capitalist enterprises, where the state eventually subsumed and turned these private

enterprisesintopurestateenterprises.108 Inotherinstances,heclaimedthestatecouldregulate

industries and control the entire production process by dictating every step in that process.

Bukharinbelieved that the state could evenjoin enterprises together and create endless rules

under which enterprises had to live and produce. 109 This process led to the complete

monopolizationoftheeconomywherebythestateabsorbedvirtuallyallbranchesofproduction.

Thus,thenewcapitaliststatebecamethedominantcapitalist,insteadofsimplyrepresentingthe

capitalist class. What Bukharin believed had occurred in this historical phase was that, in

essence,thestatecapitalistsystemhadbecome“acollective,jointcapitalist”thathadcompletely

monopolized,organizedanddirectedbothproductionandsociety. 110

Thestate’sreachdidnotendattheproductionprocess.Evenbeforethewar,thestatehad

takenanactiveandinterventionistroleinthedistributionofgoodsandmaterials.Becauseofits

overwhelmingcostand importancetostatepower,thestateinGermanyandRussiabuiltthe

railwaysystem,eitheraloneorincooperationwithprivateenterprise.Italsoactivelyintervened

in basic industries, such as coal and electricity, and was involved in the construction of the

telegraphsystem.Asthestateneededgreatercontroloverthemovementofgoodsforthewar

effort,iteventuallytookoverordominatedenterprisesandthusbecamethedominantforcein

107 Ibid,1533.Inparticular,see,2223,31formoreextensivediscussiononthis. 108 Ibid,21. 109 Ibid,21. 110 Ibid,22.

79 theeconomy. 111 Trademonopolieshadalsodevelopedunderstatecapitalism.Thesecameabout fortwoverysimplereasons:thegrowingcollectivistnatureofcapitalism,whichhadbeenin evidencesincetheriseoffinancecapitalism,andthe“financialandstrategic”considerationsof imperialismandthewar.

Thelasttwomeansoftyingtheeconomytogetherunderstatecapitalism,accordingto

Bukharin,werethejointstockenterpriseandthesimpleconfiscationofgoodsbythestate.The jointstock enterprise created companies that were mixtures of state agencies and private businesses. Citing the example of Germany’s Kriegsrohstoffgesellschaften (war material societies), and Reichsverteilungsstellen (Imperial allocation offices), Bukharin showed how thesecontrolledthedistributionandallocationof commodities and raw materials for the war effort and argued that food seizures were the main form of confiscation used to ensure the survivalofthestateandthemaintenanceofcivilpeaceduringthewar. 112 (Thesepolicieswould eventually find their counterpart in War Communism and NEP.) Through these policies,

Bukharinsawthatthe“ anarchic commodity market is largely replaced by organized distribution of the product, the ultimate authority being state power,”113 (Emphasisinoriginal)asthestate

replacedthelastremnantsoftheanarchiccommoditymarketbyassertingcontroloverallfacets

ofeconomiclife. 114

Bukharinanalyzedthisprocessinthisway:

The general pattern of the state’s development is therefore as follows: in the beginning the state is the sole organization of the ruling class. Then other organizations begin to spring up, their numbers multiplying especially in the epochoffinancecapitalism.Thestateistransformedfromthesoleorganization oftherulingclassintooneofitsorganizations...Finally,thethirdstagearrives, in which the state swallows up these organizations and once more becomes the 111 Ibid,22. 112 Ibid,23. 113 Ibid,23. 114 Ibid,23.

80 sole universal organization of the ruling class, with an internal, technical division of labor. Theonceindependentorganizationalgroupingsbecomesthedivisions ofa giganticstatemechanism,whichpouncesuponthe visible internal enemy withcrushingforce. 115 (Emphasisinoriginal) Thus,imperialismandstatecapitalismhadturnedMarx’sthesisoftherelationshipbetweenthe baseandthesuperstructureonitshead.Thestatehadevolvedintothenew“Leviathan... besidewhichthefantasyofThomasHobbeslookslikeachild'stoy.” 116 Thisinsightiscrucialto

thisstudyasBukharin’sanalysisofthechangednatureofthestateeventuallyinformedhiswork

andunderpinnedhissupportforbothWarCommunismandtheNEP.

InImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,BukharinhadarguedthattheGreatWarwasa

symptom,indeedaviolentexpression,oftheinherentcontradictionswithinthecapitalistworld.

As this war dragged on, neither finance capitalism nor the allencompassing power of state

capitalismcouldcontaintherevolution.Evenwiththeradicalchangeinthenatureofthestate

andthedevelopmentofmassivenewstatepower,thecontradictionsinherentinstatecapitalist

systemwouldbecomesogreatthattherevolutionwouldbecomeinevitable. 117 Atthispoint,the

working class faced a clear choice: It could allowthestatecapitalisttrusttoabsorbitinthe

samewaythatithadallthebourgeoisorganizations,oritcoulddestroythecapitaliststate. 118

CriticizingthosesuchasBernsteinandHilferdingwhobelievedthattheworkingclass couldrealizesocialismbytakingoverthecapitaliststate,Bukharinarguedthattheworkingclass anditsalliesliterallyhadto“explode”thebourgeoisstateandcreateitsownproletarianstate.

While Bukharin believed that state capitalism could be the forerunner of or an example for socialistdistribution,hearguedstronglythatsocialismcouldnotevolvedirectlyoutofthestate capitalistsystem.Buildingonhisearlierwork,Bukharinarguedthatthedestructionoftheentire 115 Ibid,31. 116 Ibid,31. 117 Ibid,3132. 118 Ibid,31.

81 state capitalist system was essential because it had arisen on a specific class basis, and had becometheuniversalorganizationandinstrumentofthecapitalistrulingclass. 119 Thus,likethe

RevolutionaryMarx,Bukharinarguedthattheworkingclasshadtodestroythatstatebeforeit

couldrealizesocialism.

EventhoughBukharinbelievedthattherevolutionandthedestructionofthecapitalist statehadtotakeplace,heexhibitedacertainrespectforwhatstatecapitalismhadaccomplished.

Heeventuallycametobelievethatstatecapitalismcouldbeamodel,butnotthevehicle,forthe transitiontosocialism.Heviewedthereplacementof“ the anarchic commodity market ”withthe

organized distribution of goods as a positive development. 120 (Emphasis in the original)

Unquestionably, Bukharin believed that the rational distribution network created under state capitalismcouldserveasaprecursortosocialistdistribution. 121 Helaterfleshedthisideaoutin

TheABCofCommunism whenhewrote,almostadmiringly:

Thatwhichthesyndicates,thebanks,thetrusts,andthecombinedundertakings, hadnotyetfullyachieved,wasspeedilyfinishedbyStatecapitalism.Itcreateda network out of all the organs regulating production and distribution. Thus, it preparedthegroundevenmorefullythanbeforeforthetimewhentheproletariat would be able to take the now centralized largescale production into its own hands. 122 In other words, because of “organized capitalism,” the apparatus for socialist production and distributionwasnowinplace.

Ifithopedtoestablishsocialism,thenewproletarianstatewouldneedtocompletelytake overtheeconomicmaterialframeworkandestablishitsowntransitionalformofstatepower,the

Dictatorship of the Proletariat. This proletarian state power would defeat its class enemies,

119 Bukharin,“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState,”3032.SeealsoHaynes,NikolaiBukharin&the TransitionfromCapitalismtoSocialism ,4346formoreonthisdiscussion. 120 Ibid,23. 121 ForBukharinthekeywaswhichclasscontrolledthestate. 122 BukharinandPreobrazhenskii,TheABCofCommunism,120.

82 inculcate proletarian values into the former bourgeoisie, the peasants and nonproletarian elementsandtheremnantsoftheoldorderandonlythenwoulditrelaxitsdictatorship.Thatis, asamirrorimageofthestatecapitaliststate,theproletariatwoulduseitsstatepowertosocialize evenitsantagonisticbaseintoitsvalues.Thisidea,thatoncetheproletariatgainedcontrolof whatLenintermed“thecommandingheights”itcouldthenuseitsstatetofacilitatethetransition tosocialism,linkedtheBukharinoftheprerevolutionaryperiodwiththeBukharinoftheNEP.

Bukharin’sinsightsregardingthepowersofthestateastheyclearlydevelopedduringthe prewarandtheperiodoftheGreatWarwouldhaveasignificantimpactonhowheviewedthe transitiontosocialism.AnalyzingBukharin’sworkbetween19181925clearlyshowsthathis supportfortheradicallydifferentpoliciesofWarcommunismandtheNEPwereconsistentwith notonlyhisunderstandingoftherevolutionaryandevolutionarytendencieswithinMarxism,but more importantly, his view of the changed nature of the state and the constantly changing politicalsituationinRevolutionaryRussia.

83

4. THE REVOLUTIONARY ROAD TO SOCIALISM

4.1. Introduction

The accepted historical wisdom regarding Bukharin is that he altered his underlying philosophyinordertosupportsuchradicallyopposedpolicesasWarCommunismandtheNEP.

InthisandthefollowingchapterwhatwillbecomeevidentisthatBukharin’ssupportforWar

CommunismandthentheNEPwasneithercontradictorynorirreconcilablewithhisunderlying politicalphilosophy.Throughoutthisperiod,Bukharin’sideasregardingthenatureofthestate andtheuseofstatepowerinthetransitiontosocialismremainedconsistent.Whatchangedwas histhinkingonhowthenewrevolutionarystatehadtoadapttomeetthecrisesconfrontingthe

Bolsheviks after the Revolution and the Civil War. In essence, these chapters will clearly illustratethathisradicalantistatismoftherevolutionaryandtheCivilWarperiod,andthenhis support for an evolutionary and peaceful statedriven solution after the Civil War and the collapseofWarCommunism,followeddirectlyfromhisunderstandingofthechangedroleof thestateintheeraofstatecapitalism.Theyalsodirectlyderivedfromhisunderstandingand synthesisoftherevolutionaryandevolutionaryMarxistidealsthathefittothecircumstancesof theday.

To understand the consistency that underlay Bukharin’s support for such disparate polices, this chapter will examine his three major works of this period, The ABC of

Communism ,ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod andHistoricalMaterialism .

84 Acarefulanalysisoftheseworksiscrucialforthisstudy,asitwilldemonstratehowBukharin’s conception of the state and what the state had accomplished in the preRevolutionary period informedhissupportfortheradicalpoliciesofWarCommunism.Whatthischapterwillalso show is that, even within these works, the root of Bukharin’s support for the evolutionary policiesoftheNEPwasalreadyevident,andthatthis support developed out of his previous

analysisofstatecapitalismandwhatithadaccomplishedonceitbecamedominantoversociety.

4.2. Bukharin and Revolutionary Road to Socialism

PriortotheRevolution,Bukharinbelievedthatcapitalism had completed its historical taskinRussiaandsosocialismandthecommunestatewouldquicklyappearaftertherevolution.

Bukharin accepted that in its laissezfaire stage, capitalism had created the wealth and the organizationnecessaryforsocialismand

Thatwhichthesyndicates,thebanks,thetrusts,andthecombinedundertakings, hadnotyetfullyachieved,wasspeedilyfinishedbystatecapitalism.Itcreateda network out of all the organs regulating production and distribution. Thus it preparedthegroundevenmorefullythanbeforeforthetimewhentheproletariat would be able to take the now centralized largescale production into its own hands. 1 In other words, the development of state capitalism made socialism possible by converting capitalismfromanirrationalintoarationalsystem,2eliminatingtheanarchyofthecommodity

market,convertingmoneyintoaunitofaccount,organizingproductiononanationwidescale,

and subordinating the entire, national economic system to its will. 3 Consequently, Bukharin believedthattheBolsheviks,oncetheyseizedpowerandsmashedthestate,couldrealizethe 1Bukharin&Preobrazhenskii,TheABCofCommunism ,120. 2RichardB.Day,introductiontoSelectedWritingsontheStateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,xxxvi. 3N.I.Bukharin,TheEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod[Excerpts] ,inSelectedWritingsontheStateand theTransitiontoSocialism ,51.

85 Revolutionary Marxist vision of the commune state by focusing their attention more on the power relationships in society, and less on the economic organization and economic relationships.Inthisvision,thestatewouldactuallybegintowitherawayasitmergedallfacets ofthestateandstatepowerintosociety. 4

Bukharin’s assumptions on the nature and accomplishments of state capitalism, assumptionsthathisprerevolutionarywritingsonimperialismhelpedtopopularizewithinthe

Partyandhisoptimisticassessmentofproletarianclassconsciousnessledhimtobelievethatthe

Bolshevikscouldquicklyrealizethecommunestate.Kowalskipointsoutthatin1917,Lenin,

Bukharin,andtheLeftCommunists,allshareda“ratheroptimisticevaluationoftheproletariat’s classconsciousness.”5BythetimehewroteStateandRevolution 6(1917),Lenin

emphatically shared Bukharin’s conviction that . . . Capitalism in its contemporary imperialist form had developed sufficiently to create the preconditions that enable really “all” to take part in the administration of the state. 7(Emphasisinoriginal) Kowalskiarguesthatthisled Lenin and Bukharinto conclude that “the central ‘guiding and

unifyinginstitutionsrequiredinsocialistsocietywouldemergespontaneouslyfrombelowasthe

workersthemselvescametoperceivethenecessityofthem.’” 8Thus,evenLeninwasconvinced

thatcapitalismhadcreatedthefoundationforsocialismandthattheadministrationof

largescale production, factories, railways, the postalservice,telephonesandso forth,and on this basis thegreatmajorityofthefunctionsoftheold‘statepower’ havebecomesosimplifiedandcanbereducedtosuchverysimpleoperationsof registering, filing and checking that these functions will become entirely accessibletoallliteratepeople.9(Emphasisinoriginal) 4 John Ehrenberg, The Dictatorship of the Proletariat: Marxism’s Theory of Social Democracy (NY: Routledge,ChapmanandHall,Inc,1992),100. 5 Ronald I. Kowalski, The Bolshevik Party in Conflict: The Left Communist Opposition of 1918 (Pittsburgh:UniversityofPittsburghPress,1991),128129. 6V.I.Lenin,TheStateandRevolution (London:PenguinBooks,1992) 7NeilHarding,Lenin’sPoliticalThought (NewYork:St.Martin’sPress,1978),115. 8Kowalski,128129. 9Lenin,TheStateandRevolution ,40.

86 the tIn 1918, these shared assumptions led Bukharin to support the position of the Left

Communists, who “demanded the immediate nationalization of basic industry and the radical transformationofoldRussiaintoanewsocialisticsociety.” 10

Bythespringof1918,however,realityhadprovedbothBukharinandLeninwrongabout whatcapitalismhadaccomplishedinRussia.TheimpactoftheRevolution,andlatertheCivil

Warandforeignintervention,ledtowhatBukharintermed“expandednegative.” 11

Thatis,thedestructionoftheproductiveforcesnecessary for socialism. Therefore, what the

Bolsheviksreallyfoundwasnotasocietyreadyforsocialism,butasocietyheadingtowardstotal collapse.

Confrontedwiththisreality,Lenin,andeventually Bukharin, realized that to complete therevolutionarymarchtosocialismacentralized“transitionalstate,”backedbytheswordof the revolution, “The Dictatorship of the Proletariat,” was necessary. Bukharin, in particular, becameconvincedoftheneedforthisstrongandproductivist,transitionalstate,astateunafraid to use whatever means necessary to save the Revolution and achieve socialism. 12 In fact,

Bukharin used words associated more with Trotsky and Stalin, when he argued that, “In the proletarian dictatorship compulsion is one of the methods used to construct a communist

society.” 13

Thetasksofthistransitionalstate,likethecommunestate,wouldbetoridsocietyofthe remnants of the old order and remake relationships within society, while at the same time redistributing political power. However, unlike the commune state, it would complete two

10 GerhardRempel“WarCommunism,”WesternNewEnglandCollege,nd,. mars.acnet.wnec.edu/~grempel/courses/stalin/lectures/WarCom.html(10January2005) 11 Bukharin,TheEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod[Excerpts] ,inSelectedWritingsontheStateandthe TransitiontoSocialism ,53.Bukharinusesthistermtoexplainthedestructionandcollapseoftheeconomyinthe CivilWarperiod. 12 Ibid,68. 13 Ibid,68.

87 additionaltasks.OnewasimmediatetodefeatthosewhosoughttocrushtheRevolution.The otherwaslongtermtasktoaccomplishthehistoricaltasksleftundonebycapitalism.Thatis,it hadtocreatetheeconomic,technicalandculturalprerequisitesforsocialisminRussia.Sidney

Heitmanpointsoutthat

Bukharin concluded, socialism in underdeveloped countries is established only slowly and gradually, governed in its pace of developmentandmethodsbythe materiallegacyinheritedfromthepreviousregime,bytherelativestrengthofthe proletariatandother classforces, andbythe extentandtenacity ofsmallscale, privateenterprise. 14 Consequently,intheperiodoftherevolutionarytransitionwhentherevolutionfacedenemieson

allsides,aneconomyandacitizenryclearlyunpreparedforsocialism,BukharinsupportedWar

Communism and the need for a strong, proletarian state, i.e. “The Dictatorship of the

Proletariat,”thatwoulduseanymeansnecessary,includingviolentcoercion,towintheCivil

War. OncetheDictatorshipoftheProletariatachievedvictoryintheCivilWarandfacedthe

taskofrebuildingtheeconomyandsociety,Bukharin then supported the dismantling of War

Communism and the introduction of the New Economic Policy, a policy based on the new

circumstances of “Civil Peace” and a long and evolutionary road to socialism. Bukharin

explicitlystatedthat:

Withinthecontextofthecapitalistsystem,the party oftheworkingclassisa partyof civil war .Thepositioniscompletelyreversedwhentheworkingclass takes power into its own hands...As the dictatorship of the bourgeoisie is destroyedandreplacedbythedictatorshipoftheproletariat...theparty...becomes a party of civil peace .15 (Emphasisinoriginal)

14 SidneyHeitman,“BetweenLeninandStalin:NikolaiBukharin,”86. 15 Bukharin, The Economics of the Transition Period [Excerpts] , 48. As he did in The ABC of Communism ,Bukharinclaimedthatthepartydemandedsubmissionand“civilpeace”fromtheformerrulingstrata andwarnedthemthattheywereinvitingpunishmentiftheyinterfered“ with the cause of peacefully building a new society .”(Emphasisinoriginal)

88 Inotherwords,onceBukharinabandonedthehopesforthecommunestate,theroleofthestate inthetransitiontosocialismremainedconstant,buttheimperativesofstatepolicychangedand thetasksofthestatehadchanged.

UnderWarCommunism,thestateneededtodefeatclassenemiesandavertaneconomic catastrophe;undertheNEP,thestatefacedthetaskofreconstructingtheeconomyandcreating andexpandingthesocialwealththat Bernstein had argued was necessary for socialism. For

Bukharin,bothpoliciesassumedaroleforastrongcentralizedstateandbothpoliciesderived fromasingleassumption:astrongproletarianstatewasessentialtoprotecttheRevolutionand facilitate the transition to socialism in Soviet Russia. It is clear how his analysis of the monopolized capitalist state structure in Imperialism and the World Economy influenced his thinking on the role of the proletarian state in the transition period. It is also clear that

Bukharin’sviewsonthenatureofthestateinthe transition to socialism shared Marx’s own ambiguous, i.e. the revolutionaryvevolutionary Marx, thinking on the nature of the post revolutionarystate.

The question remains as to how Bukharin could, without changing his underlying philosophy,soenthusiasticallyendorsetheviolent and coercive methods of War Communism and then later become the leading theoretician for thepolicyoftheNEP.Inthesubsequent sectionsofthischapter,andinthefollowingchapter,thisexaminationwillclearlydemonstrate howBukharin’ssupportforaviolentandthenapeacefultransitiontosocialismstemmedfrom hissynthesisofrevolutionaryandevolutionaryMarxismandhisunderstandingofthechanged roleofthestate.

89 4.2.1. The ABC of Communism

AftertheOctoberRevolution,asSidneyHeitmanpointsout,the“dreamsofutopia”that

the Bolsheviks harbored turned into a “nightmare of chaos” under the impact of counter

revolution, political instability, a paralyzed economy, and foreign intervention. 16 In the countryside,barterhadreturned,ashadthe“bagmen,” those “entrepreneurs” who transported andsoldfoodonthe“blackmarket.”Industryhad broken down and production plummeted.

The Whites controlled large swathes of Russian territory, and in March of 1919, Admiral

KolchakledhisWhiteArmyinanewoffensiveagainstthefledglingSovietRepublic.Insteadof thecommunistmillennium,theBolsheviksfacedtherealityofacountryinturmoilandonefar removedfromthepromisedlandofcommunism.Thisrealityclearlysignaledthatthecommune statewouldnotappearimmediatelyaftertherevolutionandforcedtheParty,andBukharin,to reexamine their analysis of what state capitalism had accomplished and to look towards the

“productivist” and evolutionary Marx to find a guide on how the Bolsheviks could achieve socialisminRussia.

Itwasagainstthebackdropofthisnewreality,that in March 1919, the Eighth Party

Congressmettorevisethe1903PartyProgramandtodeterminethefutureoftheRevolution.17

OncetheillusionsandhopesofOctober1917collapsedunderthechaosoftheCivilWar,the delegateshadtofindanewpathtosocialism.BytheendoftheCongress,thePartyhadadopted its new program; a program that Cohen views as a “statement of Bolshevik aspirations and utopianhopesin1919,ofpartyinnocence,notSovietReality.” 18 Heitmanpointsoutthatthe

16 SidneyHeitman,introductiontoTheABCofCommunism ,6. 17 AtthetimeoftheCongress,BukharinstillalignedhimselfwiththeLeftCommunistfactionandbelieved intheworldwiderevolutionandthequickrealizationofsocialismandthecommunestate. 18 Cohen,84.

90 program“wasacompromiseamongthecontendingpositions[withintheParty],” 19 fromthose who wanted to export the Revolution, to those who wanted to continue the revolutionary program of October, to the careerists who recently entered the party. Reflecting the different factionsintheparty,andmoreimportantlyreflectingtheconflictingvisionsofMarx,TheABC of Communism was, at times, a radical and very revolutionary document, while at times it

exhibitedsomeoftheconciliatory,moderate,andevolutionarypoliciesthatbecamecentralto

theNEPinthe1920s. 20

ThePartychargedBukharinandPreobrazhenskii,bothofwhomservedontheprogram commissioncreatedbytheEighthPartyCongress,toeditandwriteanexplanationoftherevised

BolshevikPartyprogram. 21 TheresultofthiscollaborationwasTheABCofCommunism ,an explanationoftheBolshevikprogramandthetaskstheyfacedinbuildingsocialism,aswellasa primer“writtenformassconsumptioninsimpleandlivelylanguage,makingitcomprehensible toeventhemostunsophisticatedreader.” 22 ThismadeTheABCofCommunism avaluabletool

that would make Marxism understandable to the common peasant and worker who the party

soughttoreachandwhosesupportitneeded.

Aleksandar M. Vacić argues that Bukharin and Preobrazhenskii’s “earlier viewsas

reflected in The ABC of Communism . . . were not only popular and close to the official doctrine,butwereidentical.” 23 Yet,asVacićpointsout,theyeacheventuallylearneddifferent

lessonsfromthecollapseofWarCommunism.HecontendsthatforPreobrazhenskiiandothers

19 SidneyHeitman,introductiontoTheABCofCommunism ,7. 20 Ibid,67. 21 M.M.GorinovandS.V.Tsakunov,trans.,KonstantinGurevic“LifeandworksofEvgeniiAlekseevich Preobrazhenskii,”OZLEFT ,n.d.,http://members.optushome.com.au/spainter/Preobrazhenski.html(9January2005) ThisessayoriginallyappearedinSlavicReviewintheSummerof1991. 22 SidneyHeitman,introductiontoTheABCofCommunism ,9. 23 Alexander M. Vacić, “Alternative Views on Socialist Economics in the BukharinPreobrazhenskii PolemicandtheirContemporarySignificance,”inBukharininRetrospect ,ed.TheodorBergmann,GertSchaefer, andMarkSelden(Armonk,NY:M.E.Sharpe,1994),66.

91 within the Party, particularly the Left Communist tendency, the failure of War Communism meantthatsocialisminRussiawouldneedoutsidehelp to triumph, i.e. the revolution would havetospread.(SomethingBukharinalsobelievedbeforethecollapseofWarCommunism.)

Until that happened though, Preobrazhenskii concluded that both economic and political coercionwerenecessaryforrapidindustrializationandsurvivaloftheRevolution.

VacićthenpointsoutthatBukharineventuallylearnedtheoppositelessonandbelieved thatthefailureofWarCommunismmeantthatthenewproletarianstatehadtobuildsocialism throughnoncoercive economicmeansandby creating a “smychka,” an alliance between the working class and the peasantry. 24 This meant that once the Revolution triumphed then

Bukharin looked to the productivist Marx who envisioned the long and evolutionary road to

socialism.

CohenwritesthatTheABCofCommunism ,“Apartfromitstreatmentofimperialism andstatecapitalism...wasnotaspecificallyBukharinistdocument.” 25 Thisisnotsurprising consideringBukharinandPreobrazhenskiicoauthoredthispamphlet,andtheviewslaidoutin

TheABCofCommunism reflecttheviewsofthePartyProgrammeof1919.However,Cohen correctly points out that Bukharin’s association with The ABC of Communism , and its publication “thrust him willynilly into the role of high priest of ‘orthodox Bolshevism.’”26

Therefore,aclosereadingandanalysisofTheABCofCommunism providesthereaderwithan insightintoBukharin’sthinkingonthestateitsroleinthelongtermroadtosocialismandhis synthesisofthevariousstrainsofMarxistthought.

TheinsightsofbothVacićandCohendealingwithBukharin’srelationshiptoTheABC ofCommunism areextremelyimportantandhelpclarifywhatBukharinbelievedinTheABCof 24 Vacić,67. 25 Cohen,84. 26 Ibid,84.

92 Communism .Uponcloseexamination,partsofTheABCofCommunism reflectanorthodox readingoftheradicalandrevolutionaryMarxandothersreflectareadingoftheMarxwhosees thetransitionasalongtermprocessandthatonlybeginsaftertherevolution.

InTheABCofCommunism , Bukharin and Preobrazhenskii restated Marx’s earlier

analysis of the capitalist state and capitalist development, examining these in relation to the

socialistrevolutionandthetransitionperiod.27 ItisalsoarestatementofBukharin’searlierwork

onhow“it[capitalism]bringsintobeingtheeconomicbasisfortherealizationofthecommunist

socialorder.” 28 Followingfromthis,Bukharinarguedthat,inthepostrevolutionarysocietythe

state would plan and “consciously” organize society, 29 allowing people, once they were sufficientlytrainedandeducated,toworkatmanyandvariedfunctions. 30 Bukharinalsoclaimed

that,inthisnewsociety,theworkers’statewouldinitiallydistributegoodsbasedontheamount

ofworkdoneandthenlaterbyneed. 31 Reflectinghisownantistatismoftheperiod,andlike

LenininStateandRevolution ,Bukharinarguedthatthiscommunistsocietywouldoperatelikea

“welloiled machine,” needing only a statistical bureau to allocate tasks and the workers for thosetasksassocietyneededthem. 32

However,inthechangedcircumstancesoftheCivilWarandWarCommunism,Bukharin

andtheParty,inTheABCofCommunism ,wrestledwithwhattheproletariathadtodonowthat

it had conquered state power, instituted “The Dictatorship of the Proletariat,” and faced a

situation where the prerequisites for socialism didnotexist.Bukharin cameto anumberof

conclusions. For one, he concluded that the dictatorship represented “strict methods of

27 BukharinandPreobrazhenskii,TheABCofCommunism,3968,93137. 28 Ibid,68. 29 Ibid,6970. 30 Ibid,72. 31 Ibid,73. 32 Ibid,74.

93 governmentandaresolutecrushingof[its]enemies.” 33 Thisstemmedfromhisawarenessthat the bourgeoisie would use all means to resist the workers’ state during the revolution.

Consequently,Bukharinarguedthatthedictatorshiptoowouldhavetouseallmeansnecessary, includingterror,tocrushitsenemies. 34 Hearguedthat:

The more vigorous the resistance of the bourgeoisie, the more desperate the ofitsforces,themorethreateningitsattitude,thesternerandharsher mustbetheproletarian dictatorship. Inextreme cases the workers' government mustnothesitatetousethemethodoftheterror. 35 Therefore,the“Dictatorship”hadtodestroytheoldcapitaliststatestructure,suppressthe oldclasses,andtransformclassrelations,sothatitcouldeffectthesocialisttransformationof societyandtheeconomy.Itwouldhavetoactina harsh anduncompromisingmanner when facedwithanenemydeterminedtodestroyit.Only after the working class had defeated the bourgeoisiecouldtheproletariateaseitsdictatorshipand“growprogressivelymilder.” 36 This argumentplacesBukharinfirmlyinthemainstreamofBolshevismandRevolutionaryMarxism, bothintheRevolutionaryandCivilWarperiods,whileatthesametimeprovidinguswitha glimpseintohisthinkingabouttheresponsibilitiesoftherevolutionary proletarianstate.His thinkinghereisalsoconsistentwiththerolethatMarxascribedtothecommunestateinthepost revolutionaryperiodinthattheDictatorshipoftheProletariatwouldaffectthetransformationof society,economically,sociallyandpolitically.

However, this is where the similarity with the Marx of the commune state ended.

ThoughBukharinviewedthedictatorshipasashorttermandexpedientmeasure,hearguedin

The ABC of Communism and in his later works, that the proletarian state had to become

“productivist” in order to reorganize and reconstruct the economic base of society after the 33 Ibid,80. 34 Ibid,80. 35 Ibid,80. 36 Ibid,80.

94 revolution.ThisbecamenecessarybecausetheGreatWar,theRevolutionandtheCivilWarhad damagedordestroyedtheproductiveforcescreatedbycapitalisminitshistoricalepoch.Inother words, the proletarian state, in a longterm evolutionary process, had to take on the role of rebuildingandrevitalizingtheproductiveforcesinsocietythroughitscontroloftheleversof coercionandstatepower. 37 Theproletarianstatewouldnowdeterminetheproductive,social,

andpoliticalrelationshipswithinsocietywhile creating the social wealth necessary to realize

socialism.38 ItwasthisideathatoncetheproletariatgainedcontrolofwhatLenintermed“the

commandingheights,”i.e.thestate,andthattheproletariatwouldusethisstatetofacilitatethe

transition to socialism, which linked the Bukharin of the prerevolutionary period, the War

Communism period and the NEP. Thus, in The ABC of Communism , the Bolsheviks, and

Bukharin,whenfaced withthedifficultiesofthis period,movedawayfromtheMarxofthe communestateandembracedthe“productivist”andeventuallytheevolutionaryMarx.

Theproletariat,secureinitscontrolofitsstate,wouldactinthesamemannerasthestate capitalist structure had done in its epoch. It would socialize its antagonistic base into the socialist system in the way the state capitalist system had done in its era. By creating a relationship in which the proletarian state dominated the petitbourgeois elements, the state hastenedtheintegrationofthepetitbourgeoisproducerintothesocialisteconomyandthenlater into the socialist state system. 39 Through its control of the placement of orders with small enterprises,theproletarianstatecoulddictatetheproductionlevelsofthesmallscalecapitalist enterprisesandthepricespaidforgoodstothesepetitbourgeoisproducers.Itscontrolofthe allocationoffuelandrawmaterialstosmallenterprisesandtheartisans,anditscontrolofthe financiallevers,suchastaxes,rents,loansandcreditsgiventothesmallproducer,wouldenable 37 Ibid,81. 38 Ibid,192248. 39 Ibid,205207.

95 the workers’ state to reap the economic benefits while,atthesametime,drawingthesepetit bourgeoiselementsintothesocialistsystem.40

TwootherveryimportantinsightsfromTheABCof Communism deserve attention

becausetheycontaintheseedsofthepoliciesthatbecamecentraltotheNEPandBukharin’s

viewsontheevolutionaryversustherevolutionarypathtosocialism.Thefirstdealtwiththe

utilization and conciliation of the “bourgeois experts,” 41 and the other with the peasant

question. 42

AccordingtoTheABCofCommunism ,bourgeoisexpertsandtechnicianswereamong

those who resisted the Bolsheviks most fiercely during the Civil War. Therefore, when the

revolutionwasindanger,Bukharinbelievedthatthestatehadeveryrighttousewhateverforce

necessarytodefeattheseenemies.43 However,oncetheproletariattriumphed,Bukharinbelieved

that a different policy was necessary. Following the Bolshevik victory in the Civil War,

Bukharinbelievedthatasplitwouldoccurintheranksofthe“specialists,”betweenthosewho

sawtheirfuturewithintheSovietstateandthosewhoremainedhostiletoSovietpower.He

argued that it was the duty of the proletarian state to exploit and to widen this split by

encouragingmoreofthesespecialiststoworkforthesocialistsystem.Toaccomplishthis,the proletarian state needed to embark on a new course and to create an environment enticing

enough to encourage the specialists to work for it. Therefore, instead of repression and

compulsion,theworkers’statewouldrelaxitsviolentandrepressivepolicies,offeringinstead bourgeois inducements, such as good salaries and benefits, in the hope that these specialists

40 Ibid,273277.Thisreferstosmallindustriessuchastextiles,small,artisanalworkersandhomeworkers. 41 Ibid,288292. 42 Ibid,216219,294320. 43 Ibid,289290.

96 wouldrealizethattheyhadmuchtogainbyworkingforitandhelpingbuildsocialism. 44 Still

Bukharin argued that the Soviet power had to remain vigilant. If the time came when these specialistsresistedorsoughttosabotagethepoweroftheworkers’state,thenthatstatehadthe rightandthedutytousetheharshmeasuresthatprovedsoeffectiveinwinningtheCivilWar. 45

Bowingtothenecessitiesoftheeconomicsituation that the Bolsheviks faced in this period,Bukharinexplicitlyadmittedthattheworkers’stateneededthebourgeoisexperts.What was more important is the philosophical implication of this policy. Bukharin’s position acknowledged that the working class could afford to show mercy and act in a conciliatory mannertowardsitsclassenemiesonceitwassecureinitspositionandintotalcontrolofthe proletarian state’s coercive forces. Thus, the violence and coercion necessary to win the

Revolution and the Civil War would no longer suffice in these new economic and political conditionsofreconstruction.Inotherwordschangingcircumstances,notanyunderlyingchange inBukharin’sphilosophy,dictatedthesepolicies.

CriticswithintheParty,suchastheWorker’sOpposition, opposed these conciliatory policiesasareversiontoandarestorationofcapitalistrelations.However,Bukharinarguedin

The ABC of Communism and in his later writings that he did not believe that the return of

marketrelationsatthebaseofsociety,i.e.tradewiththepeasantryandtheutilizationofco

operatives, would mean the return of capitalism to Russia. Bukharin maintained that the proletarianstate,grownfromaproletarianbaseandincontrolofthe“commandingheights,”was

44 Ibid,290. 45 Ibid,288293.Ironically,theShakhtyTrialin1928of“bourgeoisexperts”inmarkedthefirst realuseofthisdoctrinebyStalinand markedtheopeningoftheassaultonBukharinandthe“RightDeviation” within the party. See Sheila Fitzpatrick, The Russian Revolution: 19171932 (Oxford:OxfordUniversityPress, 1987),111118,129132.AlsoseeAlexF.DowlahandJohnE.Elliott,TheLifeandTimesofSovietSocialism (Connecticut:Praeger,1997),7274.

97 powerfulenoughtodrawitsantagonisticbaseintosocialisminthewaythatstatecapitalismhad

drawntheworkingclassinduringitsepoch.

ThepoliciesespousedinTheABCofCommunism regarding agriculture more clearly

exemplifiedthis.Bukharinbelievedthattheproletariat,secureinitscontrolofthestate,could

alsoaffordto actina moreconciliatorymannertowards the peasantry without the fear of a

capitalist restoration. Therefore, instead of forcibly requisitioning grain, as it did under War

Communism,thestatecoulduseeconomicleverstoenticethepeasantstoproduceandselltothe

state.Thestatewouldaccomplishthisthroughthecontrolofprices,taxes,andrents.Itwould

educatethepeasantryabouttheadvantagesoflargescalefarmingandprovidethepeasantswith

scientifichelptoimproveitsproduction.Finally,theproletarianstatewouldcreateculturallinks betweenthecityandthecountry. 46 Bysuchactivities,theBolshevikswouldreducethedisparity betweenthetownandthecountry,andshowthepeasantshowprofitabletheirrelationshipwith theproletarianstatecouldbe.Thisinturnwouldinducethepeasantstojointhecollectives, whichwouldacceleratetheirassimilationintothesocialiststate. 47

Bukharinmeantforthesestatepoliciestorevitalizetheeconomy,reorganizethesociety onanewsocialistbasis,allthewhilebringing all nonproletarian elements into the socialist system. Initially, he saw this as a shortterm and expedient measure necessary to achieve socialism quickly. However, this task was much greater than even the most pessimistic of

Bolshevikscouldhaveimaginedin1919.ThenewrealitytheBolsheviksfacedduringandafter

1919meantthattheproletarianstatewouldnotwitherawayaseasilyasBukharinandothershad believedonceitdefeateditsclassenemies.Theproletarianstatewouldhavetofinishthework

46 Ibid,225241. 47 Engelsarguedthesamepointin1894.SeeFrederickEngels,“ThePeasantQuestioninFranceand Germany,”08/2000, www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/download/Engles_The_Peasant_Question_in_France_and_Germany.pdf(18 August,2005),14.

98 of capitalism and create the economic and political prerequisites necessary for communism.

Suchanimmensehistoricaltaskdelayedthewitheringofthestateforquiteawhile.Therefore, facedwitha“changedreality,”Bukharin,likeBernstein,begantoadapthispolices,allthewhile stayingwithinthemainstreamofMarxistthoughtontheroleoftheproductiviststateandthe longtermnatureofthetransition.

TheBukharinwhocoauthoredTheABCofCommunism was,aswillbecomeevident below,verysimilartotheBukharinoftheNEPperiod.Inbothperiods,hisunderstandingofthe roleofthestateinthetransitionperiodandhisadaptationofMarxarethekeystounderstanding how he could support such divergent policies as War Communism and the NEP. There are elementsofpoliciesinTheABCofCommunism thathewouldlateruseduringtheNEP.Tocite butoneexample,thereisnodoubtthathearguedforviolentcoercion,buthealsoarguedthatthe proletariat,onceitwasincontrolofitsownstate,couldrelaxitscoercivepoliciesandinstitute policies that would ensure an evolutionary and largely peaceful transition to socialism. The

followinganalysiswillclearlyillustratethattheconsistentapplicationofhisanalysisofMarx

andthechangednatureofthestateduringstatecapitalismandthedialecticalreversalofthisstate

inthetransitionperiodunderlayhissupportforthesetwo,verydifferent,policies.

4.2.2. The Politics and Economics of the Transition Period

ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod,publishedin1920,aftertheGreat

WarandwhiletheCivilWarraged,representedBukharinathismostradicalandrevolutionary.

Given the apocalyptic nature of the struggle, this is hardly surprising. However, for those historianslookingtoBukharinasanalternativetoStalinism,itisanembarrassment.Stephen

99 Cohen,inparticular,describesthisworkas“atractgroundedintheworsterroroftheperiod,” thebeliefthat“CivilWarlaysbarethetruephysiognomyofsociety.”48 Whatthesehistoriansdo not fully appreciate is that, in this period, like the Marx of 1848 and 1870, Bukharin was wrestlingwithnolessthanwhathebelievedwasthesurvivalofthe“Revolution”andevenmore importantly“Humanity.”

Surveyingthewreckageleftbyimperialism,theGreat War, the Revolution, and the ongoing Civil War, Bukharin argued that the restoration of capitalist relations would be a disasternotjustforRussia,butalsoforthehuman race. Bukharin believed that “ mankind is confronted with a dilemma : ‘the death of civilization or communism’, and there is no other alternative.” 49 It is no wonder that his prescription for “salvation” was so “radical” in this period.Still,thereisnothinginThePoliticsand Economics of the Transition Period that is inconsistentwithanythinghehadwrittenearlierandwastowritelater.Infact,thisworkfitsin withhisearlierandlateranalysesofthechangeinstatepower,thechangedroleofthestatein statecapitalism,andthestate’sroleinthetransitiontosocialism.

Duringthisperiod,Bukharinremainedalignedwiththe“leftcommunist”tendencyinthe

Party. However, the underlying philosophy and theory of the state in The Politics and

Economics of the Transition Period is not different from his writings on the state found in

ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy ,“TowardaTheoryofTheImperialistState,”TheABCof

Communism ,and,laterHistoricalMaterialism .Itisnot,asCohensuggests,ananomalybecause

ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriodisneither adeparturefromhispastnor

48 Cohen,87.KozlovpointsoutthatthisquotedoesnotevencomefromThePoliticsandEconomicsofthe TransitionPeriod andactuallyreferstotheperiodofcivilwarinasocietysplitintoclassesand.SeeKozlov,“War Communism,theNewEconomicPolicyandBukharin’sTheoryoftheTransitiontoSocialism,”111. 49 Bukharin,ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod ,91.

100 inconsistentwithhisfutureworks.RatheritisrootedinBukharin’soriginalsynthesisofMarx andhisphilosophicalthoughtonthereversedroleofthebaseandthesuperstructure.

In The Politics and Economics of the Transition Period , Bukharin analyzed state capitalismanditsdevelopmentinalmostthesametermsthatheusedin“TowardaTheoryofthe

ImperialistState.” 50 AsinTheABCofCommunism ,Bukharinarguedthatthedictatorshipof theproletariat,organizedasstatepowerandthroughitscontrolofthecoercivepowersofthe state, would remake or destroy the bourgeoisie, the intelligentsia, and the peasantry. In The

Politics and Economics of the Transition Period , he restates his belief, initially found in The

ABCofCommunism ,thattheproletarianstatewoulduseitspowersruthlesslyagainstallclass enemies and would relax them only after it had defeated these enemies and had firmly establishedtheproletarianstate.Ashehadinhisearlierwritings,Bukharindeclaredthatonce theproletarianstatehaddefeateditsenemies,itwouldthenuseitscoercivepowerstotransform these defeated elements into supporters and workers for the socialist system. 51 As a result, accordingtoBukharin,thedictatorshipoftheproletariat,whenincontrolofitsownstate,

willbeara formal resemblancetotheepochofthedictatorshipofthebourgeoisie, i.e.itwillbestatecapitalismin reverse, its own dialectical transformation and its own antithesis .52 (Emphasisinoriginal) ForBukharin,thecharacterofthestatecouldnow be clearly seen as a ‘superstructure’, upon an economic basis. As with every ‘superstructure’, it is not simply a bellglass, covering economic life, but an activeforce,aworkingorganizationwhichconsolidatesineverywaypossiblethe productionbaseonwhichitarose.53 Therefore,BukharinbelievedthattheBolsheviks,oncetheyhaddestroyedthecapitaliststate,

couldcreateanallencompassingproletarianstatethatwouldcontrolalltheleversofeconomic 50 Ibid,5792. 51 Ibid,157175. 52 Ibid,101. 53 Ibid,70.

101 andpolitical coercion to destroy its enemies andbring its antagonistic base into the socialist system.

Thisargumentflowsdirectlyfromhisearlierworkontheimperialiststateandthestate powerthatdevelopedoutoffinancecapitalism,thedemandsofthewarandintostatecapitalism.

Hewrote:

the reorganization of the relations of was a move towards a universal state-capitalist organization, with the abolition of the commodity market, the transformation of money into an accounting unit, production organized on a nationwide scale and the subordination of the entire “national- economic” mechanism to the aim of world competition, i.e., primarily of war .54 (Emphasisinoriginal) Thus,intheperiodoftotalwar,theprewarpathofcapitalistdevelopmenthadledto“organized capitalism,” with the corresponding growth of state power and the development of an interventionist state that controlled the socialization process and the production process in society.55 In each bourgeois nation, the entire economy and all bourgeois and bourgeois economic organizations found themselves turned into branches and departments of a “united, universal organization . . . the imperialist state, resting on the state-capitalist relations.” 56

(Emphasisinoriginal)Thisevolutionwasnecessary,Bukharinargued,asthestatewastheonly organizationlefttoholdthenationstogetherwhilemeetingthedemandsofthewar. 57

AmidstthedestructionandeconomicchaosoftheCivil War, Bukharin also became alarmed about what he called “expanded negative reproduction.” He defined this as the destructionoftheproductiveforcesthattookplaceincapitalismintimesofeconomiccrisisand war.Inthiscontext,hearguedthat“expandednegativereproduction”wasthenaturalresultand

54 Ibid,78. 55 Ibid,7071. 56 Ibid,76. 57 Ibid,7479.

102 outgrowth of state capitalism’s militaristic state.58 This “negative reproduction” would eventually break the link with the masses and cause the social imperialism that had held the workingclassinthralltocollapse. 59 Astheexpectedindustrial,economicandsocialcollapse

unfolded,accordingtoBukharin,

it follows that any rebirth of industry (based upon disintegrating, capitalist relations),whichisthedreamoftheutopistsofcapitalism,isimpossible.The only wayoutliesinthefactthatlowestlinksofthesystem,thebasicproductiveforces of capitalist society, the working class, will occupy the ruling position in the organizationofsociallabour. 60 (Emphasisinoriginal) Once the collapse of the capitalist system had taken place, the working class would have to organizeitselfinordertosavehumanity.Inessence,Bukharinarguedthat,“theconstructionof communismisthepreconditionforsocialrebirth.”61 Whathesaw,andhewasquiteexplicit,is that:

The development and collapse of capitalism led society up a blind alley, and brought to a halt the production process which is the very basis of society’s existence.Theresumptionoftheproductionprocesswaspossibleonlyunderthe ruleoftheproletariatandthatiswhyitsdictatorshipisanobjectivenecessity. 62 Facedwiththecollapseofsocietyandhumanity,and an economy, which by 1921, produced less than 20% of prewar levels, 63 he argued the proletarian state had to use all its power,includingviolenceifnecessary,toreconstructasocietyandaneconomydestroyedbythe

GreatWarandtheRevolution.LaurenceLafore,whoexaminedthecollapseofthe“oldorder”

58 Ibid,8182. 59 Ibid,8892. 60 Ibid,90. 61 Ibid,90. 62 Ibid,107. 63 ProfessorR.W.Davies,“TheNewEconomicPolicy,”1998,www.users.globalnet.co.uk/~semp/nep.htm (21January2005).Daviesargues“Buttheeconomywasdevastated.Theoutputoflargescaleindustryhadfallento amere13percentofthe1913level,ironandsteeltoamerefourpercent.Andfromthesummerof1920peasant disturbanceswerewidespread,andunrestspreadtotheindustrialworkers.Againstthistensebackground,inMarch 1921aCommunistPartycongressdecidedthatcompulsoryfoodrequisitioningwasnolongerpossible,andresolved toreplaceitbyafoodtax.Thepeasantswouldretainanysurplus.Theirincentivetogrowmorefoodwouldthusbe restored.”

103 throughoutEuropeaftertheGreatWar,arguedthatthereasonthestate,inallcountries,became sopowerfulandtookonanactiveroleindealingwithsocial,political,andeconomicproblems, was because “there was no agency capable of effective action except the national state.” 64

Bukharinfirmlybelievedthisandarguedthatanallpowerful proletarian state was necessary becauseitnowhadtoarrestthe“negativereproduction,”beginthereconstructionofsocietyand

save humanity. Thus, the “commune state” would have to wait until the “proletarian state”

createdthenecessarypreconditionsforsocialism.

Thoughtheproletarianstatestructureanditsactions bore a formal appearance to the

statecapitaliststructureanditsactions,theyweredialecticalopposites,becausetheclassbasisof

the two systems and the reasons for their actions were completely different. Therefore,

exploitation became inconceivable because the proletarian state had converted “collective

capitalist property and its privatecapitalist form into collective proletarian “property.” 65

(Emphasisinoriginal)InBukharin’swords:

This method of organization consists in the subordination of all the workers’ organizations to the most comprehensive organization, i.e. to the state organization of the working class, to the soviet state of the proletariat . “Statification” of the trade unions and the virtual statification of the mass organizationsoftheproletariatspringsfromtheinherentlogicofthetransition process.Thesmallestunitsoftheworkers’apparatusmustbechangedintothe vehiclesofa generalorganizationalprocess,systematically directed and led by thecollectiveintelligenceoftheworkingclass,whichisphysicallyembodiedin itshighestandallembracingorganization,thestateapparatus.Thus,thesystem ofstatecapitalismisdialecticallytransformedintoitsownopposite,intothestate structureofworker’ssocialism. 66 (Emphasisinoriginal)

64 LaurenceLafore,TheEndofGlory (Illinois:WavelandPress,2001),85. 65 Bukharin,ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod ,134. 66 Ibid,106.

104 Bukharinarguedthattherehadtobeasystemofuniversallaborservice,incorporationofthe mass of peasants into this system and the creation of a “collectively acting, living, mass, productiveforce.”67 Hebelievedthat

for the great mass of small producers , inclusion within the organizational apparatusispossible mainly throughthe sphere of circulation ,orformallybythe samerouteasunderthesystemofstatecapitalism. State and communal organs for procurement and distribution :theseconstitutethemainapparatusofthenew systemofequilibrium. 68 (Emphasisinoriginal) RichardDayarguesthatthisassertionprovidesthelinkbetweenBukharinoftheperiodsofWar

CommunismandtheNEP.Daywrites:

Bythemid1920s Bukharinwoulddefendthe NEPand Lenin’s socalled “co operative plan” with exactly the same reasoning. for the organization of sales and purchase would become the logical counterpart of capitalistindustrialsyndicateandwould indirectly regulatepeasantproductionby manipulating market forces rather than eliminating them. In this respect, The PoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod anticipatedBukharin’sprogram for“cooperativeagrariansocialism.”69 (Emphasisinoriginal) InThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod , Bukharin also used the term

“primitivesocialistaccumulation”todescribethewealthneededtobuildsocialism.However, he defined it very differently than did Preobrazhenskii in the early 1920s. Preobrazhenskii arguedthatsocialistaccumulationrelied

onalienatingpartofthesurplusproductofpresocialistformsofeconomyandthe smallerwillbetherelativeweightofaccumulationonitsownproductionbasis, that is, the less it will be nourished by the surplus product of the workers in socialistindustry. 70 In essence, as Chad Raymond points out, in his unpublished dissertation, Preobrazhenskii believedthat

67 Ibid,130. 68 RichardDay,introductiontoSelectedWritingsontheStateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,4. 69 Ibid,4. 70 Vacić,72.

105 industrializationcouldbeachievedbyforcedsalesfromtheagriculturalsectorto thestateatbelowmarketprices.Industrialandconsumergoodsproducedbythe urbansectorwouldbesoldtothepeasantryatartificiallyhighprices,creatinga scissorseffect,andthecapitalbledfromtheruralsectorwouldbeacquiredbythe state,leadingtoindustrialization. 71 Incontrast,Bukharinarguedthat socialism...mustinevitablybeginwiththemobilizationofthelivingproductive forces.Thismobilizationoflabourisfundamentalaspectofasocialistprimary accumulation, which is the dialectical negation of capitalist accumulation. Its classnatureliesnotincreatingthepreconditionsforaprocessofexploitation,but ineconomicrebirthwiththe abolition ofexploitation,notcoercionsbyahandful ofcapitalists,buttheselforganizationoftheworkingmasses. 72 (Emphasisinthe original) Inthiswork,BukharinsoundsverymuchlikeTrotskyintheCivilWarandlaterStalin during“TheGreatLeapForward.”Likethem,intheirrespectiveperiods,Bukharinarguedthat fortheRevolutiontosurvivewhatwas“requiredherebytheverytermsoftheorganization's existence is an unquestioning execution, and speed of decision, and unity of will.” 73 In this

instance, the coercive power of the state became allimportant, and compulsion and coercion

represented “for the first time . . . an instrument of the majority in the interest of that

majority.” 74 Compulsion was thus, not an outside force, but rather the working class’ self organization.Bukharinarguedthatthe“militarizationofthepopulation–aboveallinthearmy– is a method of self-organization of the working class and organization of the peasantry .” 75

(Emphasisintheoriginal)

Given that Cohen has presented Bukharin as a “humanist alternative,” who avoided coercion,Bukharin’sdefenseofandjustificationofcompulsionandcoercionmayseemodd.It

71 ChadRaymond,“RationalResistancetoaWeakAuthoritarianState:ThePoliticalEconomyof VietnameseFarmersfromCollectivizationtoDoiMo i,”2000,http://www.socialscience.gardner webb.edu/Faculty/craymond/Diss/Intro.htm(21January2005),Chapter1. 72 Bukharin,ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod ,129. 73 Ibid,142. 74 Ibid,164. 75 Ibid,142.

106 is not. Bukharin did not view this mobilization of labor as exploitation because “Under the proletariandictatorship,thequestionofan‘owner’nolongerarises,since‘theexpropriatorsare expropriated.’”76 Thus,theproletarianstate,astheselforganizationoftheworkingclass,could

not exploit the working class, 77 but instead through the “selforganization of the working

masses” 78 wouldaccomplishtheeconomicrevivalandtherevitalizationofsociety.

MilitarizationoflaborbytheproletarianstatewasnottheonlywayinwhichBukharin thoughtto“encourage”peopletoworkandtobuildsocialism. In The ABC of Communism ,

Bukharin had argued for “comradely labour discipline” that “must be accompanied by the complete spontaneity of the working class . The working class must not wait for orders from above.”79 (Emphasisintheoriginal)Bukharinbelievedthat,inthetransitionperiod,wherethe workers no longer worked for the capitalist, but instead for themselves, “every worker is responsibletohisclass.” 80 The“communistsubbotnik,” whereworkersvolunteeredtheirlabor onSaturdayswasanexampleofthis. 81 ThisphenomenonoriginatedduringtheCivilWar,when

agroupofrevolutionaryworkersworkedontheirsteamenginesontheirdayoff. 82 Bukharin, andtheproletarianstate,toutedthisasanexampleofthenew“communistman”cominginto existenceascapitalismdiedoutandthecommunistmillenniumdawned.

TheideaspropoundedinThePoliticsandEconomics of the Transition Period do not radicallydepartfromBukharin’stheoriesonthestateandtheuseofstatepowerinhisearlier works.Inthiswork,onefindsthe“productivist”Bukharinwhoseesstatepowerasthesalvation

76 Ibid,164. 77 Ibid,164. 78 Ibid,129. 79 BukharinandPreobrazhenskii,TheABCofCommunism,284285. 80 Ibid,285. 81 Formoredetailedanalysisandexaminationofthe“Subbotnik”movementsee:WilliamJ.Chase, “Voluntarism,MobilisationandCoercion:Subbotniks,19191921.”SovietStudies ,volXLI,no1,January1989: 111128. 82 B.Kagarlitsky,“DifferingOpinionsoverLenin’sMemory,”St.PetersburgTimes ,29April2003,#864.

107 oftheRevolution,Russiaandtheworldthroughthe allpowerful proletarian state that would begin the long and evolutionary process of building socialism. What is intriguing about

Bukharin’sworkinThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod ,althoughbeyondthe scopeofthispaper,aretheimplicationsofhisthinkingontheroleofthestateinthetransitionto

socialism.Byheraldingtheproletarianstateasthe“subject,”the“agent,”ofhistory,Bukharin providedthoseintheBolshevikParty,whoviewedthepolicyimperativesdifferentlytojustify

theuseofstatepowerinvarious,evennefarious,means.

4.2.3. Historical Materialism

InhisbiographyofBukharin,StephenCohenwritesthat,“thedissimilartempersofThe

PoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod andHistoricalMaterialism 83 ...derivedinpart fromthefactthattheyfocusedondifferentperiodsinsociety'slife.” 84 Heacknowledgesthat,

althoughBukharinwrotethesestudieswithinayear of each other, he wrote them under very

differentcircumstances:ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod duringtheworstof theCivilWar,andHistoricalMaterialism aftertheBolshevikshadwontheCivilWar,jettisoned

WarCommunismandinstitutedtheNEP.ForCohenthedifferencesbetweenThePoliticsand

EconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod andHistoricalMaterialism resultedfromBukharinbreaking

withhisphilosophicalpast,abreakthatenabledhimtorejectWarCommunism,andtoembrace

theNEPandthe“gradualist”andpeacefulpathtosocialism.

Thisworkarguesthattherewasnosuchbreak,thatHistoricalMaterialism flowsdirectly fromThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod , and that Historical Materialism is 83 NikolaiBukharin,HistoricalMaterialism:ASystemofSociology ,ed.trans.AlfredG.Meyer(Ann Arbor:UniversityofMichiganPress,1969) 84 Cohen,119.

108 consistent with Bukharin’s previous philosophical work on Marxism and the state. The differencesbetweenthesetwobooksarenottheresultofsomefundamentalbreakbyBukharin with his philosophical past. Bukharin’s support for very different policies derived from his consistentapplicationofhistheoriesontheroleofthestateandhisadaptationofthedifferent visionsofMarxismtothecircumstancesfacedbytheBolsheviksattheendoftheCivilWar.

In Historical Materialism , Bukharin dealt very little with the state and its structure.

Instead,hefocusedonandcontinuedtorefinehisanalysisofthereversedroleofthebaseand

the superstructure, as well as “equilibrium,” a concept that first appeared in The ABC of

Communism andwhichBukharinelaboratedinThePoliticsand Economics of the Transition

Period .BukharindidnotdothisbysimplyrestatingMarxistorthodoxy,butratherbyusingthe newprewarsociologicaltheoriescurrentintheWestandmergingthemwithhisunderstanding ofMarxism.Theresultwasthecreationof,inthe words of Alfred Meyer, a “coherent and impressive,andalsorathermodern,sociologicalsystem.” 85

As he had done earlier, and true to his Marxist roots, Bukharin stated that the

superstructurewasdeterminedeither“directlyorindirectlybythestagethathasbeenreachedby

thesocialproductiveforces.” 86 However,stronglyinfluencedbythenewWesternsociological theories, Bukharin argued that the relationship between the superstructure and its component partswasaverycomplexone.Insteadofasimplecauseandeffectinteractionbetweenthebase and the superstructure, Bukharin argued that there existed a dynamic reciprocal relationship between the base and the superstructure and that each component of the base and the superstructureexercisedinfluenceontheothercomponents. 87 AsatraditionalMarxist,hesaw

thattherelationshipandthelevelofdevelopmentoftheproductiveforcesatthebase,aswellas 85 AlfredG.Meyer,introductiontoHistoricalMaterialism:ASystemofSociology ,6a. 86 Bukharin,HistoricalMaterialism:ASystemofSociology ,155. 87 Ibid,155.

109 the production relations within society, determined and shaped the development of the superstructure. That superstructure, in turn, shaped the productive forces and productive relationsthroughitsinstitutionswhile,atthesametime,reflectingtheinterestsandvaluesofthe classthatcontrolledit.

Hedefinedthesocialandpoliticalsuperstructure as consisting, “for all society, of a combination of things, persons;” it “is a complicated thing, consisting of different elements whichareinterrelated.” 88 Hearguedthat

thisstructureisdeterminedbytheclassoutlineofsociety,astructurewhichin turn depends on the level of development of the productive forces.” All the elements of the superstructure are therefore directly or indirectly based on the stagethathasbeenreachedbythesocialproductiveforces. 89 Inother words,thesuperstructureconsistsofthestate,allitsagencies,theofficerclass,thestate bureaucrats,thepoliticalleaders,socialpsychology,ideology,andsoon.Inacapitalistsociety, those who staffed these positions would all come from the capitalist class because of the economicbasefromwhichthissystemaroseandtheclassalignmentinthatsociety.Thus,the entiresuperstructurereflectedthevaluesofthecapitalistclass,servedtheneedsofthatclass,and workedtosocializethesocietyintothevaluesofthecapitalistsystem.

ThisechoesBukharin’searlierwork,wherehemadeitclearthathedidnotbelievethat thecapitaliststate,nomatterhowrationalized,couldbeusedbytheworkingclasstorealize socialism.Hecontinuedtoarguethattheworkingclasshadtodestroythecapitaliststateandits superstructure before it could achieve socialism because the state and its superstructure grew fromthesystemofcapitalistrelations.InHistoricalMaterialism ,Bukharinexplainedwhyitwas necessarytothisandhowthenewproletarianstatewouldfacilitatethetransitiontosocialism

88 Ibid,154155. 89 Ibid,155.

110 onceithaddestroyedthecapitaliststateandallitselements. 90 Referencingtherevolutionary

Marx,Bukharinarguedthattheproletariathadtodestroythecapitaliststatebecause,withits destruction, “capitalist production [would become] impossible.” 91 Once the proletariat accomplishedthistaskandgainedcontrolofthecommandingheightsofpoliticalandeconomic power, it would then act in the same manner as the capitalist state had in the period of imperialismandstatecapitalism.Itwoulduseviolentcoerciontodealwithenemiesandnon violentcoerciontosocializeitsantagonisticbaseintothesocialistvaluesoftheproletarianstate.

InHistoricalMaterialism ,Bukharinarguedthatthesocialistrevolutionwasahistorical process that only began with the conflict between the productive forces and the productive relations. This process consisted of four stages the Ideological Revolution, the Political

Revolution,theEconomicRevolution,andthentheTechnicalRevolution. 92 Inthefirstphase,

the Ideological Revolution, the changed production relations that came about because of the

changesintheproductiveforceswouldleadto“arevolutionizingoftheconsciousness...an

ideological revolution in the [working] class that is to serve as the gravedigger of the old

society.” 93 Thatis,thedevelopmentoftheclassconsciousnessnecessarytomaketherevolution would take place within the working class. The second phase is the Political Revolution in whichtheworkingclassseizespower.However,thisisnotmerelyaseizureofpoliticalpower inthewaythatHilferdingandBernsteinarguedfor,“butmoreorless...adestructionofits[the state’s]machinery[i.e.superstructure],followed bytheerectionofaneworganization,i.e.,a newcombinationofthingsandpersons,anewcoordinationofthecorrespondingideas.” 94 For

Bukharin, the Political Revolution meant the establishment of a proletarian state that would

90 Ibid,261262. 91 Ibid,226. 92 Ibid,255262. 93 Ibid,255. 94 Ibid,259.

111 remakethepoliticalandeconomicsuperstructureandbendittothewilloftheworkingclass.

Then during the Economic Revolution, it would break up the production relations from the capitalisteraandbegintoerectnewrelations,whichhadalreadybeenmaturinginthewombof the old order, and “ in contradiction with that order.” 95 (Emphasisinoriginal)Finally,inthe

TechnicalRevolution,thenewworkers’statewouldcreateanewsocialequilibriumandnew productionrelationsthatcouldfacilitatetheregenerationoftheproductiveforcesandthenthe

regenerationofallofsociety.

Asisclear,priortoHistoricalMaterialism ,Bukharinenvisionedthisentireprocessasa relativelyshortone.HebasedthisonhisbeliefthattheBolshevikscouldrealizethecommune state once the revolution took place, simply because capitalism had already created the prerequisitesforsocialism. 96 However,aftertheBolsheviksemergedvictoriousfromtheCivil

War,Bukharinrealizedthatthepreconditionsforsocialismnolongerexisted,iftheyeverdid,in

Russia.TheRussianeconomicandsocialbasewaspredominatelypeasant.Theproletarianbase thatdidsurvivetheCivilWarexistedonlyinthe cities and the meager productive forces in

Russiapriorto1914,sufferedmassivedestruction intheGreatWarandtheCivilWar.The outputoflargescaleindustryfelltoamere13percent,andtheproductionofironandsteeltoa merefourpercentoftheofthe1913level. 97 Productionofgrainin1920and1921wasabout50 percentoftheprewaraverage. 98 Inotherwords,thesocialproductiveforcesnecessaryforthe

socialisttransformationinRussia,alreadymeager atbestbeforetheRevolution,didnotexist

aftertheBolsheviksconsolidatedpower.ThismeantthattheBolsheviks,followingBukharin’s

95 Ibid,259. 96 LeninemphaticallysharedthisbeliefwithBukharininthisperiod.SeeLenin’sStateandRevolution 97ProfessorR.W.Davies,“TheNewEconomicPolicy,”1998, http://www.users.globalnet.co.uk/~semp/nep.htm(21January2005) 98 GeorgeFyson,“TheMilitant4/31/95Lenin’sFinalFight,”1995, http://www.themilitant.com/1995/5917/5917_27.html(22January2005).

112 analysisofthephasesofthe“transitionperiod,”hadtocarryouttheEconomicandTechnical

Revolutions to create the productive forces, but only after they had carried out the Political

Revolutionandcreatedtheproletarianstatestructureandsuperstructuretoaccomplishthistask.

Hence,therealityofRussiaaftertheRevolutionmeantthatthetransitiontosocialismwouldbea longtermprocess,notaonetimeevent.Theallpowerfulproletarianstate,i.e.theDictatorship of the Proletariat, would merge the contradictory features of this period, that is, a socialist superstructuresittingontopofapetitbourgeoisbase,tofacilitatethistransition.

Bukharinalsorefinedhisconceptof“equilibrium”inthiswork.Cohencorrectlypoints outthat,forBukharin,“dialecticsandsocialchangeareexplainedbyequilibriumtheory.” 99 For

Bukharin,equilibriumbecamethedialectic,whereconflictdeterminedthemotionofthesystem

andthesubsequentchangeinsociety.InsteadoftheHegelianandMarxistdialectic,Bukharin

argued in his analysis of economic and social change that equilibrium was the basis for all

societalchange. 100 Bukharintheorizedthatchangetookplacewhenexternalpressuredisrupted

the internal equilibrium or a change in the productive forces took place within society. The

disruptionwouldleadto“expandednegativereproduction”untilsocietyfoundequilibriumona

newbasis. 101

Analyzingthemutualinfluencesofthebaseandsuperstructureoneachother,Bukharin arguedthatitwasimpossibleforthesuperstructureanditsbasetobeincontradiction,oroutof equilibrium,witheachotherforanylengthoftime.Ifthisconflictorcontradictioncameinto existence,thenanadjustmenthadtooccurorrevolutionwouldresult. 102 However, Bukharin

appreciatedthatnot“ every conflict between the and the production relations

99 Cohen,117. 100 Bukharin,HistoricalMaterialism ,74. 101 Ibid,74. 102 Ibid,158.

113 results in revolution. ”103 (Emphasisinoriginal)Instead,hecontendedthatthesuperstructure,

evenacapitalistone,wascapableofadjustingandresolving,atleasttemporarily,itsinherent

contradictions. In essence, the superstructure had the ability to find at least a temporary

“equilibrium”achievingconciliationbetweentheproductiveforcesandtheproductionrelations,

aswellastheclassrelationswithinsociety.

BukharinhadmadethispointinImperialismandtheWorldEconomy whenheanalyzed andexplainedhowcapitalismhaddelayedtheRevolutionbyconstantlyadjustingitselftothe changed circumstances of the world economy. That ability aside, Bukharin argued that, in a capitaliststate,thebasiccharacterofthesuperstructurewouldremaincapitalistandcontinueto create disequilibrium, regardless of how well it adjusted to the changed equilibrium in each crisis. Consequently, equilibrium would last only for a short period before another crisis occurred. A further problem for capitalism was thattheequilibriumthatitcreatedwaswhat

Bukharintermed“unstableandnegativeindication.”104 Thatis,whenthecapitaliststateadjusted

theequilibrium,itsimultaneouslydamagedordestroyedtheproductiveforcesintheprocessof

restoring equilibrium. This occurred simply because the necessary societal transformation,

essential for the creation of a permanent equilibrium, was impossible to achieve under state

capitalism. The inherent contradictions were simply too great and the effort to restore

equilibriumtoodestructivetotheproductiveforces.

Thisproblem,alongwiththeinherentcontradictions of state capitalism in the age of

imperialism, meant that the superstructure of the capitalist state could only evolve into what

Bukharincalleda“militaristicstatecapitalism.” 105 Atthispoint,thesuperstructurewouldnotbe

abletofindequilibriumbetweenitselfanditsproletarianbase,anditsexternalenvironment(the 103 Ibid,245. 104 Ibid,77. 105 Ibid,32.

114 worldeconomy).Oncethisdisequilibriumreachedacriticalpoint,imperialistwarwouldtake place and then the revolution would become not only possible but also inevitable. 106

Consequently, when the revolution took place, the proletariat would not only need to

“expropriate the expropriators” and smash the old state machinery, but also to build a new, socialist superstructure, capable of restoring equilibrium and restoring and reorganizing the economyandthesociety. 107 FollowingfromthisanalysisofBukharin’swork,weknowthathe now accepted that an allpowerful centralized and productivist state would create the pre requisitesforsocialisminRussia.

This study has already illustrated Bukharin’s analysis of the changed relationship between the base and the superstructure in the periodofimperialismandstatecapitalism.In

HistoricalMaterialism Bukharinalsolookedatthebaseandsuperstructure,atthewayinwhich they interacted and, more importantly, the superstructure's role in placing politics over the economy. This is obvious from Bukharin's analysis of what he terms the “ economic revolution .” 108 (Emphasisinoriginal)

Utilizingtheexampleofthestatecapitalistsystem,andashehaddoneearlier,Bukharin wrotethat,duringthepostrevolutionarytransitionalperiod,theproletarianstate,inadialectical reversalofstatecapitalism,woulddeterminetheeconomicandpoliticalrelationshipsatthebase ofsocietythroughitscontrolofthesuperstructure.Inotherwords,

arevolutionbeginswhenthepropertyrelationshavebecomeahindrancetothe evolutionoftheproductiveforces;revolutionhasdoneitswork,assoonas new production relations have been established, to serve as forms favoring the

106 Ibid,252253. 107 Ibid,259263.Theconceptdiscussedherepresupposes, if we follow Bukharin's ideas through, that after the revolution the proletarian state would establish “an equilibrium” between its new superstructure and its base. 108 Ibid,255262.

115 evolutionoftheproductiveforces.Betweenthisbeginningandthisendinglies thereverseorderin the influence of the superstructure .109 (Emphasisinoriginal) Obviously,thetheoryofequilibriumheldgreatimportancefor Bukharin.Hebelieved thatthestate’sinabilitytofindequilibriumhadprecipitatedrevolutioninRussiaandwouldlead to revolutions elsewhere. In Bukharin’s view, disequilibrium is the primary or fundamental causeofrevolution.Bukharin’stheoryofthebaseandsuperstructureandequilibriumsuggested thatthevictoriousproletarianstate,onceittookpower,wouldhavetouseitssuperstructureto bring its own base into equilibrium with it. Otherwise, it could not resolve the inherent contradictionsordisequilibrium,ifyouwill,ofthetransitionperiod. 110 Implicitherealsoisthe

ideathat,ifproletariandictatorshipfailedtoachieveequilibrium,ittoorantheriskofcollapse.

Toavoidthis,oncetheworkingclassestablisheditsdictatorship,ithadtocreateanew proletarian state, which controlled the “commanding heights” of political power and the

economythroughitscontrolofthepolitical,economic,powerandsocialrelationships.After

accomplishing this, the working class would then create the productive forces necessary for

socialism.Implicitinthisanalysisagainiswhat later became central to Bukharin’s “road to

socialism.”BukharinnowrecognizedthatsocialismwasnotsomethingtheBolshevikswould

achievequickly.Ratherthetransitionwouldbealongtermprocesstakinganentirehistorical period, particularly because of the “ peculiarity of the transition period .” 111 (Emphasis in original) The peculiarity to which Bukharin referred was the outright destruction of the economicbaseduringthewar,theRevolution,andtheCivilWarandthepeasantnatureofthe country.Thisinsightwasimportantbecauseitindicated,asearlyastheautumnof1921,that

109 Ibid,263264. 110 Ibid,261.HereBukharinwritesthatthedictatorshipmuststay“untiltheconditionsofthenewsocial equilibriumhadbeenestablishedintheirmainoutlines.” 111 Ibid,264.SeealsoBukharinandPreobrazhenskii,The ABCof Communism ,inparticularthethree chaptersdealingwithorganizingagriculture,productionanddistribution.

116 Bukharinwasworkingouttheconceptsthatservedasthefoundationforhispoliciesduringthe highwatermarkofNEPin1925.

Inhisanalysis,Bukharinagainutilizesthe“Productivist”andEvolutionary”Marx.He arguedthat,duringthetransitionperiod,“ the transition from one form of society to another is accompanied by a temporary lowering of the productive force, which cannot in any other way find an opportunity for further evolution .” 112 (Emphasis in the original) This meant that the proletarianstateanditssuperstructurewouldhavetonotonlydestroytheoldsocialrelationships of a capitalist society, but also embark on the creation of new productive forces that befit a socialistsociety.FortheRevolutiontosucceedinthecontextofrevolutionaryRussia,thenew proletarian state had to become the “productivist state,” focusing on a long and gradual evolutionaryprocess,while,likethecommunestate,reorderingallsocietalrelationships.

TheanalysisfoundinHistoricalMaterialism isacontinuationofBukharin’sworkonthe

influence of the superstructure on the base and an analysis of how the new proletarian state

would restore equilibrium through that relationship. Utilizing this work, and faced with the

realityofpostrevolutionaryRussia,hetriedtodetermine,practicallyandtheoretically,theway

tomovetothenextstep,thestepthatwouldtaketheproletariatfromtheRevolutionitselfto

socialism.Thus,thisisnotsomedramaticchangeinBukharin’sphilosophicalthought,butthe

fleshing out and the evolution of his thinking on the revolutionary and evolutionary

transformationofsociety.

Bukharin’s support for the violence and the coercion of the Civil War and War

Communism periods is also of great importance to this study. Scholars still question how

Bukharincouldshiftfromactivesupportforthepoliciesofviolenceandcivilwarin1919,tothe position,onlyafewyearslater,asanoutspokenadvocateofcivilpeaceandtheNEP.Bynow,it 112 Ibid,265.

117 isobviousthattheanswerliesinBukharin’stheoriesonthechangingroleofthestateinthe imperialiststageofhistory,throughtheperiodofrevolution,andintothetransitionperiodto socialism.

Beginningwith“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState”in1916,Bukharinmaintained thatwhiletheenemy(thebourgeoisie)controlledthestateandwagedwaragainsttheproletariat, therecouldbenocompromise.Untiltheproletariatcompletelydestroyedthecapitaliststateand replaceditwithitsownstatestructure,classconflictandclasswarwereessential. 113 However, oncetheproletarianstatewontheclasswarandsucceededinsubduingtheoldorderthen,and only then, could it relax its dictatorship and institute a new policy of civil peace. 114 This

relaxationwouldnotoccursoonaftertheseizureofpower,butratheronlywhentheproletarian

statehadcrusheditsclassenemies,consolidateditspower,anddevisedpoliciestosocializeits

antagonisticbase,i.e.peasants,specialists,et.al,intothevaluesofthenewsocialistorder.He putforththispositionineachoftheworksexaminedhere,butitwasnotuntil1921andhis

article“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy”115thathebegantofullydevelopthisidea,anidea thatwasmorecompletelyexplicatedinhisworksontheNEPandespeciallyinTheRoadto

SocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance (1925).

113 BukharinandPreobrazhenski,TheABCofCommunism,226. 114 NikolaiBukharin,TheRoadtoSocialismandWorkerPeasantAlliance inSelectedWritingsonthe StateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,249250. 115 NikolaiBukharin,“TheNew CourseinEconomicPolicy,”inSelectedWritingsontheStateandthe TransitiontoSocialism ,98.

118

5. NEP: THE EVOLUTIONARY ROAD TO SOCIALISM

TheadoptionofNEPwasacollapseofourillusions . . . we thought then that our peacetime policy wouldbeacontinuationofthecentralizedplanning system of that period. In other words war communismwasseenbyusnotasamilitary,i.e.,as needed at a given stage of civil war, but as a universal, general, so to speak ‘normal’ form of economicpolicyofavictoriousproletariat. NikolaiBukharin 1

5.1. Introduction

RichardDay,inhisveryperceptiveessay“TheNewLeviathan”2arguesthat:

In the closing pages of The Politics and Economics of the Transition Period a glimmer of reality began to penetrate Bukharin's otherwise fanciful design for nearinstantaneous social transformation. After three years of Bolshevik rule, it finallybecameclearthatthecomparativeeaseofseizingpoliticalpowerinRussia would be more than offset by the enormous practical difficulty of building socialisminabackwardcountry. 3 DayalsoechoestheopinionofothersregardingBukharin,claimingthat,“inreality,the“liberal”

BukharinoftheNEPcontinuedtobeatheoreticalextremistinthesenseofreasoningbywayof

nondialecticalconcepts.”4

1NikolaiBukharinquotedinAlecNove,“SomeobservationsonBukharinandHisIdeas,”inPolitical EconomyandSovietSocialism (Boston:GeorgeAllenandUnwin,1979),86. 2RichardDay,“TheNewLeviathan,”xxxilvi. 3Bukharin,“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy,”95. 4RichardDay,“TheNewLeviathan,”xlviii.

119 In the first instance, Day agrees that Bukharin, beginning with The Politics and

Economics of the Transition Period , exhibited continuity in his philosophical thought. He believes that Bukharin did not have to rethink his philosophy to move from support of the

harshestmilitarymeasuresofWarCommunismtothepeaceful,cooperativepoliciesoftheNew

Economic Policy. In the second instance, the “nondialectical concept” that Day refers to is

“equilibrium,”aconceptcentraltoBukharin’sHistoricalMaterialism .

From the analysis of Historical Materialism , it is clear that Bukharin’s concept of

equilibriumstressedthatexternalforcesexertinfluenceontheinternalequilibriumofastate.

Whenthisoccurs,theexternalforcedisruptstheinternal equilibrium of that society and that

society necessarily restructures itself or collapses. This is a crucial point and insight for

Bukharin.Dayargues,“Thefailureofworldcapitalismtocollapseonschedulehadalteredthe

external environment of Soviet society, requiring an adaptive, internal restructuring.” 5 This internal restructuring, this restoration of equilibrium in Russia, became the “New Economic

Policy.”

AnotherimportantpointmadebyDayrefersthereaderbacktoBukharin’searlierwork onthenatureofthestateandwhocontrolsthatstate.DaywritesthatinTheRoadtoSocialism ,

Bukharin,forthefirsttime,explicitlystatedthat:

Withinthecontextofthecapitalistsystem,thepartyoftheworkingclass is a party of civil war . The position is completely reversed when the workingclasstakespowerintoitsownhands...Asthedictatorshipofthe bourgeoisie is destroyed and replaced by the dictatorship of the proletariat...theparty...becomes a party of civil peace .6(Emphasisinthe original) Day points out that Bukharin, as he had in The ABC of Communism , argued that the Party demandedsubmissionand“civilpeace”fromtheformerrulingstrata,andwarnedthemthatthey 5Ibid,xlviii. 6Bukharin,TheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance ,250.

120 were inviting punishment if they interfered “ with the cause of peacefully building a new society .” 7(Emphasisinoriginal)Accordingly,withitsenemies,especiallyintimeofcrisissuch astheCivilWar,theproletariathadtoactmercilesslyandactwithaswiftvengeance.Once victoriousintheRevolutionandsecurelyincontrolofitsownstate,theproletariat’sgoalthen became the “ reform [of] the broad popular strata, the peasantry ,”8 (Emphasis in original) cooperating with and coopting this historically antagonistic strata into socialism.9 Thus, the

amountofcoercionandviolenceusedbytheproletarianstatewoulddependonthebehaviorof

itsenemies,andonthecircumstancesoftheday.

5.2. “The New Course in Economic Policy”

We[theBolsheviks]believedthatitwaspossibleto destroythemarketinonestrokeandimmediately. Itturnedoutthatweshallreachsocialism precisely through marketrelations.(Emphasisinoriginal) NikolaiBukharin10

AftervictoryintheCivilWarandaftertheWestern European revolutions failed, the

Bolsheviksfoundthemselvesincontrolofastateinwhichthepreconditionsforsocialismno

longer,iftheyeverhad,existedandsurroundedbyahostilecapitalistworld.SheilaFitzpatrick pointsoutthat,by1921,theeconomyhadalmostcompletelycollapsed.11 Theoutputoflarge scaleindustryfellto13percentofits1913level,whileironandsteeloutputdroppedeven

7Ibid,250. 8Ibid,266. 9Ibid,266269. 10 NikolaiBukharin,Izbrannyeproizvedniia (Moscow,1988),196,quotedinLewisSiegelbaum,Soviet StateandSociety:BetweenRevolutions,19181929 ,140. 11 SheilaFitzpatrick,TheRussianRevolution:19171932 ,8586.

121 further,tumblingabout96%.12 PaulAvrich,citinganarticlein fromFebruary1921,tells

ofoversixty,largefactoriesinPetrogradthathadshutdownbecausetheylackedfuel. 13 Inboth thecitiesandthecountryside,faminereturned,whilepeasantresistancetothecontinuationof

WarCommunismandrequisitioningledtorevoltsintheUkraine 14 andintheTambov 15 regions.

DemobilizationoftheRedArmythrewmoremenintothelaborpoolandconsequentlyincreased unemployment, forcing many within the working class to flee the cities in search for food. 16

ThenontheeveoftheTenthPartyCongress,theRevoltbrokeout. 17 Whenthese

crises converged in 1921, Bukharin and the Bolsheviks faced the full implication of the prematurerevolution,aboutwhichBernsteinhadwarned.18 Theynowhadtoturninwardsfor

economicregenerationandfindanalternativepathtosocialisminrevolutionaryRussia.

EvenbeforeRussiahadreachedthiscrisispoint,theParty,asearlyas1920,founditself

inturmoilwhentheWorkersOppositionquestionedthepoliciesandthepaththeBolsheviks

weretakingtosocialism.InresponsetoWarCommunismanditscollapse,theWorkers

Oppositiondemandedagreatereconomicplanthatwouldincreaseproduction,provideforthe

ruleofSovietRussiabythetradeunions,theequalizationofwages,thefreedistributionoffood,

andthegradualreplacementofmonetarypaymentwithpaymentinkind.Theyalsoargued

12 ProfessorR.W.Davies,“TheNewEconomicPolicy”1998, http://www.users.globalnet.co.uk/~semp/nep.htm(21January2005).SeealsoFromTsarismtotheNEP ,ed.R.W. Davies(GB:BillingandSonsLtd.,1990),57. 13 PaulAvrich,Kronstadt:1921 (NewYork:W.W.Norton&Company,1970),37. 14 PaulAvrich,“RussianAnarchistsandtheCivilWar,”RussianReview ,Volume27,Issue3(July,1968), 296306.Thisisabrief,butcleardiscussionofMakhno’sanarchistrebellioninUkraine. 15 “TambovRebellionfreedefinition,”academede,n.d.,http://www.freedefinition.com/Tambov rebellion.html(12Feb.2005).ThisprovidesbriefbackgroundontheAntonovRevoltandlinkstomoreinformation ontheTambovRevolt.FormoreindepthexaminationofthisrebellionseeOliverRadkey,TheUnknownCivilWar inSovietRussia (Stanford:HooverInstitutionPress,1976) 16 Fitzpatrick,86.Fitzpatrickpointsoutthat3.6millionindustrialworkersexistedin1917,butby1921, only1.5millionstillworkedinindustrialenterprises. 17 Ibid,8587.SeealsoAvrich,Kronstadt:1921 . 18 Siegelbaum,SovietStateandSociety ,75.

122 againsttheuseofbourgeoisspecialistsinindustry. 19 TheDemocraticCentralistsconcurred

withthisprogram,astheyalsofoughtagainsttheincreasingcentralizationofadministrative powerinthePartyandtheState. 20

By1921,PreobrazhenskiihadsplitfromBukharinoverthepaceofindustrializationand the conciliation of the peasantry, and called for the exploitation of the peasantry in order to achieve the “primitive socialist accumulation” necessary for rapid industrialization. Trotsky continuedtoargueforexploitationofthepeasantry,rapidindustrialization,andthemilitarization oflabor. 21 Healsoarguedforexportingtherevolutionreasoningthat,“Onlythevictoryofthe proletariat in the West could protect Russia from bourgeois restoration and assure it the possibilityofroundingouttheestablishmentofsocialism.” 22

ItwasagainstthisbackdropthattheBolsheviksgatheredfortheTenthPartyCongress and led by Lenin, adopted the New Economic Policy, a policy based on the “smychka,” the alliancebetweentheworkingclassandthepeasantrythatreintroducedmarketrelationshipsinto

Russia after the “command” economy of War Communism ended. Bukharin, who ardently supported War Communism, now supported Lenin and the NEP and embarked on a spirited defenseoftheNEPwhenhewrote“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy.” 23

Inthisessay,Bukharinattempted“toclarifythe general meaning ofourneweconomic policy,itscauses,anditsobjectives,alongwithitsimportanceinthegeneral perspective ofour

19 AlexandraKollontai,“TheWorkersOpposition,”AlexandraKollontaiArchive ,2002, http://www.marxists.org/archive/kollonta/works/1921/workersopposition/index.htm(22,January2005).Seealso TheWorkersOppositioninRussia (Chicago:IndustrialWorkersoftheWorld,1921) 20 Siegelbaum,SovietStateandSociety ,6,24,8182. 21 Deutscher;TheProphetArmed ,499501,516517. 22 SallyRyan,“LeonTrotsky:PermanentRevolution:PermanentRevolutionIndexPage,”introductionto Permanent Revolution and Results & Prospects , nd, http://www.marxists.org/archive/trotsky/works/1931 tpv/index.htm(22January2005). 23 Nikolai Bukharin, “The New Course in Economic Policy” in Selected Writings on the State and the TransitiontoSocialism ,99.

123 national economy’s development toward communism.” 24 (Emphasis in original) He did this becausehefearedthat“manyofourpartycomradesarelacking...asenseofperspective,” 25 thatcouldleadthemtoopposetheNEPandthussabotagesocialistconstruction.

Bukharinrestatedpointshehadmadeinhisearlierwritings.Hedealtspecificallywith theconceptof“equilibrium,”whichhehaddevelopedinHistoricalMaterialism ,andrepeated thepointshefirstraisedinTheABCofCommunism regardingtheproperpoliciesindealing

withthecountrysideinaperiodof“civilpeace.”Mostimportantly,hereferencedhisanalysison

thechangedroleofthestateinthetransitiontosocialism,ananalysisbasedonhisearlierwork

onfinanceandstatecapitalism,toexplainhowtheproletariatwoulduseitsownstatetocreate

socialisminRussia.

Inwordssimilartohisearlierworkonthestate,Bukharinarguedthat,“Theproletariatis

obliged to smash state capitalism of the EuropeanAmerican variety by way of revolution.”26

Thiswasnecessarybecause

statecapitalismmeansthemostextremepossibleformof bourgeois omnipotence , inwhichproductionisconcentratedinthehandsof the bourgeois state.Inthis instancetheownerand supremeadministratorofallthemeansofproductionis the bourgeoisie ,actingthroughits state .27 (Emphasisinoriginal) Consequently,duringtheRevolutiontheBolshevikshadtosmashthecapitaliststateregardless of the economic dislocation caused. Then during the Civil War and the period of War

Communism,theBolshevikshadtosubordinateeconomicstopolitics.Bukharinstatedclearly,

“Oureconomicpolicyduringtheepochofsocalled‘WarCommunism’couldnotbeconcerned essentiallywiththedevelopmentoftheproductiveforces.Themost‘urgent’andpervasivetask

24 Ibid,99. 25 Ibid,99. 26 Ibid,108109. 27 Ibid,107.

124 wasthatofprovidingthecountrywithaReddefense.” 28 Allotherissuesbecamesecondaryto

thesurvivaloftheRevolutionandanymeasuresnecessaryforthesurvivaloftheRevolution,

regardless of their impact on the equilibrium and production, including the forcible

requisitioningofgrain,becamejustified.Bukharinwrotethat

Inthesecircumstancesthebasicslogan,asfarasthenationaleconomywas concerned,was...onthespeedyacquisitionofproducts even at the price of undermining the forces of production .Theobjectivewasnot“toproduce,”but “totake”;andwehadtotakeinordertoprovidesuppliesasquicklyaspossibleto theRedArmy,toworkersinthedefenseindustries,etc.Thiswasthe single objectiveuponwhichallourattentioncentered. 29 (Emphasisinoriginal) Therefore,duringWarCommunism,BukharinandtheBolshevikstolerated“expandednegative reproduction,”i.e.thedestructionoftheproductiveforces;otherwise,theywouldhavelostthe

CivilWar.ThepeasantsalsogrudginglyacceptedthisandsupportedtheRevolutionbecausea returntotheruleofthelandlordswasanintolerablealternative.Thisledtoaformof“class equilibrium” where the political interests of the peasantry and the working class coincided.

However,asBukharinpointedout,thiswasnotanormaleconomicprocess,andithadtochange aftervictoryintheCivilWar. 30

Once the political equilibrium of War Communism ended, the need to establish a satisfactoryeconomicrelationshipbetweentheproletariatandthepeasantry“thatwouldprovide for expansion oftheproductiveforces,becameamatterforimmediateconcern.” 31 (Emphasisin

original)BukharinbelievedthattheNEPwouldbeginthisexpansionbyreplacingthepolitics

thatgovernedrelationsbetweentheproletarianstateandthepeasantryinWarCommunismwith

economicrelationsintheNEPperiod.TheNEPthen,accordingtoBukharin,wascrucialforthe

development of socialism, because it would stabilize the relationship between the town and 28 Ibid,99. 29 Ibid,99100. 30 Ibid,100. 31 Ibid,101.

125 countryandreversethe“negativereproduction”broughtonbytheRevolutionandtheCivilWar.

Bukharin also believed that the Leviathan proletarian state would play a central in the regenerationoftheeconomyandthefinalvictoryofsocialism.

TakinghisleadfromHilferding,andasinhisearlier works, Bukharin argued that the futurebelongedtothelargescaleindustriesandstatestructures,andthatthesewouldcreatethe wealthnecessaryforsocialismastheyhadcreatedthewealthforthecapitalistsintheeraofstate capitalism.Bukharinarguedthat:

Inanyandallcircumstances,whateverthecourseadoptedineconomicpolicyfor theconstructionofcommunism,thebasicconcernmustbetheinterestsoflarge scale industry. Largescale industry is the starting point for all technological development;itisthebaseoftheeconomicrelationsthatprevailinacommunist society;itisthesupportoftheindustrialproletariat,asthesocialforcethatbrings about the communist revolution. The basic objective of any economic policy concernedwithdevelopingproductiveforcesmust,accordingly,betostrengthen largescaleindustry. 32 Theselargescaleindustries,controlledbytheproletarianstatewouldcreatethewealthnecessary forsocialismwhilealsoabsorbingitspetitbourgeoisbaseintosocialism.Ashepointedoutin

TheABCofCommunism ,thiswouldtakeplacethroughthesystemofleasing,foreigntradeand concessionstolarger,privateindustries.Hewrotethat

thesurplusvalue[fromconcessions,leasesandtrading]isimmediately divided intotwoparts:onepart,asprofit,findsitsway intothecapitalist'spocket;the otherparttakestheformofapercentagedeductionorrentpaymentandgoesto ourstate,whichmeansintothehandsoftheproletariat.33 Thus, the proletarian state through its control of the commanding heights would restore equilibrium,createthewealthnecessaryforsocialism,andabsorbthesmallscaleproducersand industriesintothesocialistsystem.Basedonthisanalysis,itisclearthenthatBukharindidnot jettisonhisentirelife’sworktosupporttheNEP.Onthecontrary,Bukharin’sconceptionofthe

32 Ibid,102. 33 Ibid,107.

126 state’sroleintheNEP remainedconsistentwithhis previous philosophical work. What had changedwaswhatthestatehadtoaccomplishwhenfacedwiththerealityofRussiain1921.

One argument made by Bukharin, which has led many historians to believe that he changedhispoliticalphilosophytosuithissupportoftheNEP,washisexplicitcomparisonof the NEP with BrestLitovsk in that it was a “ strategic operation by the proletariat on the economic front .”34 (Emphasisinoriginal)Yet,apoliticalretreatneednotbeaphilosophical

retreat.JustasBrestLitovskallowedtheBolshevikstobuilduptheRedArmytoprotectthe

Revolution,theeconomic“retreat”wouldenabletheBolshevikstoovercometheeconomicand

socialchaosinRussiatosavetheRevolutionandfacilitatetheevolutionarymarchtosocialism.

Bukharin, in response to those who viewed the NEP as a “surrender” to capitalism,

argued that the Revolution was secure because once the new proletarian state controlled the

“commanding heights,” and “once the revolution is carried out politically and the means of production are nationalized . . . the socialist economic system cannot be endangered.”35

Bukharinargued:

The greater our own economic growth, the moreprofitable the agreements we shallbeabletoconclude,andthegreaterwilltheproletariansharebecome,until throughitssteadyincreaseitultimatelydevoursthesharegoingtothecapitalist. Thenweshallhavethefinalvictoryofcommunism. 36 Thus,theBolshevik’sversionof“statecapitalism”would,asBukharinputit,“liveoutitsdays peacefully.”37

Apart from Bukharin’s analysis of the NEP and its purposes, this work also provides insightintoBukharin’sthinkingregardingtherelativerolesofthecommuneandtheproductivist states in the period of the NEP. The function of the commune state was to transform the 34 Ibid,104. 35 Vacić,70. 36 Bukharin,“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy,”107. 37 Ibid,108.

127 relationshipswithinsocietyaftertheRevolutionandleadquicklytosocialism.However,inthe

Russiancase,oncetheCivilWarhadended,thestatehadtobecome“productivist”innatureas it not only had to change the relationships within society but also had to create the wealth necessaryforsocialism.

Hereiswherethe“illusions”disappear,theillusionsthattheroadtosocialismwouldbe veryshortandthatthecommunestatecouldquicklytransformRussiainarelativelyshorttime.

TheBolsheviksandBukharinnowfacedagreatertaskthanthatoftheRevolutionandtheCivil

War.Theyhadtoacceptanevolutionaryprocessthatutilizedthe“productiviststate”tocreate thematerialconditionsforsocialism,whiletransformingthepoliticalandsocialrelationshipsin society.OncethemilitarydemandsoftheRevolutionandtheCivilWarnolongertookprimacy, the New Economic Policy became the way that the new Soviet Republic would create the material conditions and wealth necessary to realize socialism, while, at the same time, transformingtherelationshipswithinsociety.Ineffect,theBolshevikswouldrealizesocialism byacombinationofthetwovisionsofthestateinMarxism,overseenbythe“Dictatorshipofthe

Proletariat.”

128 5.3. The Road to Socialism and the Worker-Peasant Alliance

Bukharin did not idealize the peasantry or concede anything to it politically. His attitude was that of an enlightened missionary who had come to transform the benighted into citizens worthy of being partners of the proletariat,ormoreaccuratelyceasingtobepeasants. LewisSiegelbaum 38

AfterLenin’sdeath,BukharinbecametheleadingsupporterandtheoreticianoftheNEP.

Hedidthisnotoutofanyshifttowardsahumanitarianorliberalpositionbutfromtherealization that,asFitzpatrick,putit,“theBolshevikshadtaken power ‘prematurely’ – that is, they had undertakentodothecapitalists’work...inRussia.” 39 Ineffect,theBolshevikshadtobecome the“capitalistswithoutcapitalism.”Fitzpatrickpointsout:

Russia needed more factories, railways, machinery and technology. It needed urbanization, a shift in population from the countryside to towns, and a much larger,permanentworkingclass.Itneededpopularliteracy,moreschools,more skilledworkersandengineers.BuildingsocialismmeanttransformingRussiainto amodernindustrialsociety. 40 Thismeant,asBernsteinhadwarned,thattheBolsheviksfacedasituationwhere,iftheywanted torealizesocialism,theyhadtomodernizetheeconomy andcreatetheculturalleveltomake socialismpossible,anevolutionaryprocessthatwouldspanepochs,nottakeplaceovernight.

However,differencessurfacedwithinthePartyonwhichpoliciestheBolsheviksshould followtoachievesocialismandmanyBolsheviksdidnotaccepttheneedforan“evolutionary process”northeNEPastheproperroadtosocialism.Consequently,betweenthepublicationof

“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy”in1921andTheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorker

38 Siegelbaum,141. 39 Fitzpatrick,102. 40 Ibid,102.

129 PeasantAlliance in1925,astheNEPtookholdandbegantherestorationandreconstructionof

Russia,or,astheLeftOppositionargued,thedegenerationofRussia,thesedifferencesledtoan intensificationofthebattleswithintheParty. 41

ItisbeyondthescopeofthisstudytodelveintotheminutiaeofthePartydebates,the powerstrugglesandtheanalysisoftheeconomicsituationinSovietRussiainthisperiod,butit isnecessarytounderstandthepoliticalsituationinthePartypriortothepublicationofTheRoad toSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance .

Even after the defeat of Trotsky in 1923, Preobrazhenskii and the Left Opposition continuedtoargueforcentralizedstateplanning,priorityforheavyindustryandmovingquickly toheavy,largescale,capitalintensivemethodsofdevelopment.Thismeant“primitivesocialist accumulation”throughexploitationofthepeasantry. 42 The “United Opposition” of Kamenev andZinovievalsoarguedforarapidpaceofindustrialization. 43 Preobrazhenskiiarguedforthe

quicktransferofcapitaltothestateattheexpenseofthepeasantry.Whatthese“oppositions”all

hadincommonwitheachotherandevenwiththosewhosupportedtheNEP,wasthatSoviet

Russiahadtoindustrialize.Thereality,asStephenCohenpointsoutwasnotdisagreementover

theneedforindustrializationbutthatoverthemethodstoachievethatindustrialization. 44

Thisdebateovermethodstookonfurtherrelevancewiththe“ScissorsCrisis”of1923, whenthegapinthepriceoffinishedgoodsandwhatthestatepaidtothepeasantsforgrainled toseriousgrainshortfallsandacrisisinreconstructionefforts. 45 ForBukharinthiscrisisonly strengthenedhisbeliefinthe“smychka”andtheNEP as the way to overcome these types of 41 Fitzpatrick,86. 42 Siegelbaum,169. 43 ThiswastheallianceamongZinoviev,KamenevandStalin,whichcollapsedin1925overthedoctrineof “Socialism in One Country” and the autarchic vision implicit in the NEP. See, in particular, “Socialism in One Country”inE.H.Carr,SocialisminOneCountry ,vol.2of“AHistoryofSovietRussia”(NewYork:TheMcMillan Company,1960),3652. 44 Cohen,174. 45 Siegelbaum,102106.

130 crisisandstrengthenthelinkbetweenthepeasantandtheworkers’state.Oncethislinkwas secure,theNEP,withitsmarketrelationships,notacentralizedplan,wouldbecomethe“bridge” to transport Russia to socialism. 46 Trotsky and “The Group of 46,” which included

Preobrazhenskii and some Worker Oppositionists, Democratic Centralists and other leading

Bolsheviks,learnedaverydifferentlessonfromthescissorscrisis:theycondemnedtheNEPas

a“proKulak”policyandquestionedwhytherewasnocentralplanandwhythepeasantsshould

holdtheRevolutionhostage.47

In1925,afterfouryearsoftheNEP,resistanceto it continued to mount from these various opposition groups and many Party members disillusioned with the NEP and its compromises with petitbourgeois elements in Russia. In spite of and in response to this opposition,BukharincontinuedtodefendtheNEPwithaphilosophicalargumentthatderived fromhiscarefullyworkedoutanalysisofthestateanditsroleinthetransitionandsynthesisof theproductivistandcommunestateidealsfoundinMarxism.

Echoing his earlier work, Bukharin argued that: “Under capitalism the proletariat's generallineistoward disruption ofthesocialwhole,toward splitting societyand demolishing the state. 48 (Emphasisinoriginal)However,healsoargued,“Under its own dictatorship the proletariat's general line is toward fortifying the social whole, against splitting society, and toward stabilizing thestate(untilthephasewhenits“witheringaway”begins).”49 (Emphasisin original)TheNEPwithitsmarketrelationshipsandsocialpeacethuswouldactasthatpolicyto stabilizeandfortifytheproletarianstate.

46 Ibid,140. 47 Deutscher,TheProphetUnarmed ,109118.The“Groupof46”alsodemandedinnerPartydemocracy andanendtothebanonfactions. 48 Bukharin,“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy,”109. 49 Ibid,109.

131 AcceptingthatundertheNEPmarketrelationshipswould,toacertainextent,returnto

Russia, Bukharin once again argued that these relationships would not and could not restore capitalismbutonlyleadtothetriumphofsocialism. As he had written earlier, “socialism is guaranteed by the fact that the working class holds power and that we have a revolutionary dictatorship,orundividedrule.” 50 Hecouldmakethisargument,evenwiththeadmittedreturn

of market relations, because he believed that, in a dialectical reversal of state capitalism, the proletarian state, built on its own class basis, would achieve socialism by its control of the

“commandingheights”oftheeconomyandthecoercivepoliticalpowerofthestate. 51 Thatis,

the“Leviathan”socialiststate,throughitscontrolofallofthecoerciveleversofstatepolitical

andeconomicpower,wouldabsorbthecooperativesandevenitsantagonistic,petitbourgeois baseintosocialism.Bukharinarguedthatthiswaspossiblebecause:

Completely different conditions prevail under our system, i.e., under the system of proletarian dictatorship .Thegeneralboundsofcooperativedevelopmentinour countryarenotdeterminedbythefactthatthefactories,plants,mines,railroads, andbanksareinbourgeoishands,butbythefactthat the whole of largescale industry,transport,andthecreditsystemareunderthecontroloftheproletarian state. 52 (Emphasisinoriginal) FromImperialismandtheWorldEconomy toTheABCofCommunism ,ThePoliticsand

Economics of the Transition Period, and Historical Materialism , to “The New Course in

EconomicPolicy,”and TheRoadtoSocialism ,Bukharin consistently argued that because the proletarianstateexercisedcontroloverthecommandingheightsandutilizedtheleversofpower for the good of the cooperative and the peasant, the peasant and the small producer would

50 Bukharin,TheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance ,263. 51 Ibid,263. 52 Ibid,238.

132 “inevitably grow into thesystem.” 53 (Emphasisinoriginal)Bukharinsummedupthisnewsetof relationshipsandtheirgoalsbestwhenhewrotethat:

The commanding heights in relation to the rural bourgeoisie is the proletarian city. . . Andtheheartofthecity,itsproletarianindustry,itsbankingsystem,its legislation,etc.,haveallturnedtheir“facetothevillage,”i.e.,theyallserveasa powerful support for the middle and poor peasant elements in the countryside againstthe kulak strata. 54 (Emphasisinoriginal) WhatisalsoofgreatinteresthereishowBukharinunderstoodthestatewouldeventually

wither away. He clearly believed that the proletarian state had a specific and finite role. He

wrote:

The real task of the working class is to reform the broad popular strata , the peasantry in particular. Unwaveringly approaching this objective, and drawing therestofsocietyinitswake,theproletariatmustreeducatethepeasantryin a socialist manner, constantly elevating it and pulling it upward to the same material,economic,andculturalpoliticallevelasthatoftheleadingstrataofthe proletarian population. As broad strata of the peasantry are reformed and reeducated, they will increasingly become comparable with the proletariat ,merge withit,andbetransformedintoequalmembersofsocialistsociety.Thedifference betweenthetwoclasseswillsteadilydisappear.Inthiswaythebroadmassesof the peasantry, “changing their own nature,” will blend with the workers of the city;andthedictatorshipoftheproletariat,asthedictatorshipofaparticularclass, willincreasinglywitheraway. 55 (Emphasisinoriginal) The overlap and merger of the commune state and the productivist state ideal in

Bukharin’sworkisunambiguous.Heclearlybelievedthatinoneperiod,theDictatorshipofthe

Proletariat, a strong, centralized state, would combinethetasksofthecommunestateandthe productiviststatebyreestablishingequilibriuminsociety,changingsocialrelationships,while

creatingthematerialconditionsforsocialism.Oncetheproletarianstateaccomplishedallthese

tasks, then and only then, would the state “wither away” and bring on the communist

millennium.

53 Ibid,238. 54 Ibid,254255. 55 Ibid,266.

133 Much of the criticism directed towards Bukharin centers on how he could justify this system of “growing into socialism” and compromising with “classenemies,” after he had supportedWarCommunismandwasa“leftcommunist”duringtheCivilWar.Hisearlierwork, in particular “The New Course,” illustrates how the changed circumstances of the day conditionedwhichpolicieshesupportedorpositionshetookinthedifferentperiods.Herestated thisinTheRoadtoSocialism whenhewrote:

Withinthecontextofthecapitalistsystem,the party oftheworkingclassisa partyofcivilwar.Thepositioniscompletelyreversed when the working class takespowerintoitsownhands,supportedbythebroadstrataofthepeasantry.As thedictatorshipofthebourgeoisieisdestroyedandreplacedbythedictatorshipof theproletariat,thetaskoftheworkingclassbecomesoneofstrengtheningthis dictatorshipandprotectingitagainstallencroachments.Thepartyoftheworking class, under these conditions, becomes a party of civil peace, i.e., it demands submissionfromtheformerrulingclasses,strata, and groups. It demands civil peacefromthem;andtheworkingclasspunishesandprosecutesallthosewho disrupt this civil peace, all conspirators and saboteurs in a word, all who interferewiththecauseofpeacefullybuildinganewsociety.56 Bukharinfurtherargued:

After the working class has beaten off all the attacks of its enemies and guaranteed peaceful, constructive work within its own state, it no longer advocatescivilwarwithinthecountry.Instead,itcallsfordomesticpacification basedonrecognitionofthenewpower’splenitude,itslaws,anditsinstitutions apacificationbasedonsubmissiontotheselawsandinstitutionsfromallstrata, includingtheformeropponentsofthenewpower.The very forms of the class struggleundergoacorrespondingchange. 57 This reflects and repeats the language used in The ABC of Communism and Historical

Materialism in explaining what the Bolsheviks needed to do in the different phases of the

transitionprocess.

The goal was still socialism and the commune state, of which Bukharin and others

dreamed, but it would now result from a longterm and evolutionary process of “building

56 Ibid,250. 57 Ibid,250.

134 socialism.”TheBolshevikswouldrealizesocialismbycombiningtheidealsofthecommune state, i.e. breaking up of capitalist relations, and the ideals of the productivist state, i.e. the buildingupofthematerialwealthandtheinfrastructurenecessaryforsocialismoverseenbyan

allpowerfulDictatorshipoftheProletariat.

For Bukharin,who controlledthatstateandtheclass base of that state was the all importantquestion. 58 HissupportforWarCommunismandthentheNEPdevelopeddirectly fromhisanalysisoftheroleofthestateinthestate capitalist epoch and in the transition to socialism. From his earliest writings on the state in 1915 with Imperialism and the World

Economy ,heremainedconsistentinhisanalysisoftheroleofthestateanditsinfluenceonthe baseinboththecapitalistandsocialistepochs.

EquallyimportantinthisanalysisisBukharin’sconcept of equilibrium. Equilibrium was necessary for an urbanbased state with an agrarian base to survive. 59 He fully and conclusivelydealtwiththisconceptofequilibriumbetweenthetownandcountryinthesection entitled“IndustryandAgricultureMustHelpEachOther.” 60 In particular, Bukharin asserted thatforanypolicytoworkitmust“ guarantee first and foremost a development of the productive forces of state industry and of the peasant economy. ”61 (Emphasisinoriginal)Here,hedidnot

specificallyusetheterm“equilibrium,”however,thediscussioninthissectioncenteredonthe

creation of and the attempt to find equilibrium between the state industries and the peasant

economy. The Bolsheviks had to accomplish this to insure the maximization of profits and

58 Ibid,240241,247249.SeealsoBukharinandPreobrazhenskii, The ABC of Communism , 167191, 258330.Thisthesisislaidoutthereinnearlyidenticalterms.InTheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasant Alliance Bukharinclearlystatesthatthetaskofthenewworkersstateistoreformandremoldthepeasantryandthe oldclassesintothesocialistsystem. 59 Bukharin, The Road to Socialism and the WorkerPeasant Alliance ,229232.Herehe writesofthe competitionbetweenthesocialistsuperstructureandthepettybourgeoispeasantandtraderasastrugglethat“will decideeverything.” 60 Ibid,240. 61 Ibid,243.

135 growth for both sectors while guaranteeing that onewouldnotbeinapositiontoexploitthe other.HereisthelinktoHistoricalMaterialism ,whereBukharinfirstarguedthattherehadtobe anequalizationofandnoconflictbetweenthe“productiveforcesandtheproductionrelations” lesttheresultingdisequilibriumleadtorevolution. 62

Itisevidentfromtheanalysisinthisstudythataslateas1925Bukharindidnotrethink orchangehiscorephilosophicalvalues.Ratherthepolicieshesupportedwereconsistentwith hisphilosophyandwithinthecorpusofMarxistthought regarding the role of the state in the transitiontosocialism.WhataccountedforhisallegedconversionfromWarCommunismto

NEPwastherealizationthatthecommunestatewasanillusion,aconversionnecessitatedbythe

direrealitiesthatconfrontedtheBolsheviksafter1917.Viewedinthisway,hisstatement,“the

illusions [WarCommunism]ofthechildhoodperiodareconsumedanddisappear without a trace

. . . the transition to the new economic policy represented the collapse of our illusions, ”63

(Emphasisinoriginal)isnotthephilosophicalbreakthatCohenarguesitwas.The“illusion”

Bukharinreferstohereisnothisphilosophicalpast,buttohishopesthattheroadtosocialism wasashortoneandthatWarCommunismwasthecorrectpolicytoputthemonthatroad. 64

62 Bukharin,HistoricalMaterialism ,243246. 63 NikolaiBukharin,(Bol’shevik ,No.2,1924),3,quotedinStephenCohen,BukharinandtheBolshevik Revolution ,139. 64 Bukharin,TheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance ,259261.Bukharinwrote:“Thus, ourconceptionofthedevelopmenttowardsocialismhaschangedsignificantly.Butthesechangesdonotintheleast implyretreatfromaproletarianpolicy.Onthecontrary,theyrepresentthesummationofagreatrevolutionary experience.”

136

6. BUKHARINISM: REVOLUTIONARY AND EVOLUTIONARY MARXISM

6.1. Introduction

InChapter1,thisdissertationarguedthatBukharinsynthesizedtheconflictingvisionsof

revolutionary and evolutionary Marxism, and the productivist and commune state, while

incorporatinghisownconceptionofthe“Leviathanstate”intothatsynthesis.Thisexplainshow

Bukharin could support the violent revolutionary overthrow of the capitalist state and the

violenceandcoercionofWarCommunismandthenlaterthepeaceful,evolutionarypoliciesof

the NEP. The question we must answer here is this, “Is this an accurate portrayal of what

Bukharinbelievedanddid?”

Bukharinexplicatedthissynthesisandpropoundedhisowntheoryofthetransitionto

socialism in a little known speech entitled “Lenin as a Marxist” 1 given to the Communist

AcademyonFebruary17,1924,lessthanamonthafter Lenin’s death. Cohen devotes little

attention to this speech, yet argues that this speech actually represents “the beginning of

Bukharinism.”2 He contends that this speech did not so much represent an exposition of

Bukharin’stheoreticalwork,butinsteadrepresentsthebeginningofBukharin’sownandunique theoretical justification of the NEP. 3 While agreeing with Cohen that Bukharin developed

“Bukharinism,”andthathecontinuedtoworkouthis theories regarding the NEP, this study 1ThisspeechappearedasapamphletpublishedbytheCommunistPartyofGreatBritainin1925. 2Cohen,BukharintheBolshevikRevolution ,159. 3Ibid,160212.Inthissection,CohenanalyzeswhathecallsBukharin’s“aboutface”inrelationtothe roadtosocialism.

137 argues that this speech illustrates how Bukharin had already reconciled revolutionary and evolutionary Marxism, the productivist and commune state, while also incorporating his own analysisoftheuseofstatepowerinthetransitiontosocialism.

6.2. “Lenin as a Marxist”

CohenpointsoutthatBukharin’sspeech“waspartofthepoliticalritual”afterLenin’s death, in which Bukharin, like others in the Party, sought to “establish his own fidelity and credentials.” 4Thismaybetrue,butthisspeechisalsoaningeniousdefenseoftheNEPandan explanationof“Bukharinism,”thatalsodealtwiththeoppositiontotheNEPwithintheParty.

BukharinostensiblypullstogethervariousstrandsofLenin’spoliticalthoughttodevelop,what isclearly“Bukharinism,”hisowncoherentphilosophyofMarxism,thestate,andthetransition period. Even though Cohen argues that Bukharin’s “reformist gradualism was still only a

skeletal theory,” 5 this speech makes clear that Bukharin had actually pulled together a

comprehensivetheoryofrevolutionandthetransitiontosocialism.Thistheoryisevidentinall

of his early works and finalized, as we saw, in The Road to Socialism and WorkerPeasant

Alliance .

BukharinacknowledgedthetensionwithinMarxismregardingtherevolution,thestate, andthetransitiontosocialism.InamannerreminiscentofthevariouswriterscitedinChapter1,

Bukharin argued that different “Marxisms” existed, each with roots in different periods of historicaldevelopment.Inwhathetermed“TheMarxismoftheEpochofMarxandEngels,” thatis,the1848periodof“RevolutionaryMarxism,”BukharincontendedthatMarxismfoundits

4Ibid,158. 5Ibid,159.

138 socialbasis,notina“peacefulepoch,”butintheperiodoftherevolutionsof1848and“inthe catastrophic nature of European development” of this period. 6 Therefore the revolutionary formulationsofMarxandEngelsmadeperfectsenseand“thewholecontentofthisMarxism was thoroughly revolutionary.”7 Bukharin saw that the “social development led to the

dictatorship of the proletariat ,”andthat“theMarxismoftheepochofMarxandEngels...

servedasamostexcellentweaponfortheoverthrowofthecapitalistregime.” 8(Emphasisin original)Inotherwords,BukharinsawMarx’srevolutionaryprogramaspeculiartoitsspecific historicalperiod,notsomethingtransferable“ to another historical setting, another correlation and to other situations .” 9(Emphasisintheoriginal)

Inthenextphase,Bukharinrecognizedwhathetermed,“TheMarxismoftheEpigones,” those secondrate imitators of Marx, who accepted the evolutionary path to socialism and collaboratedintheexpansionofbourgeoispowerandcontrolthatledtothe“ degeneration of

Marxism.”10 (Emphasisintheoriginal)HerehegroupedtogetherKautsky,Plekhanov,andthe

Revisionists,interestingly,withoutusingBernstein’sname.Thesethinkers,operatinginaperiod whencapitalismhadstabilized,whenthestrikingcontradictionsofcapitalismmovedintothe colonialsphere,andwherethestatehadnowdevelopedtheabilitytoincorporate“theworking classorganizationsintothegeneralsystemof...capitalism...inanevolutionarymanner,” 11 cametoverydifferentconclusionsregardingtheroadtosocialism.AsBernsteinhaddoneinhis analysis,Bukharindeterminedthatsomethingfundamentalhadchangedinthisperiodthatled theworkingclassawayfromtheradicalandrevolutionaryMarxismof1848.Hewrote:

6Bukharin,“LeninasaMarxist,”250251. 7Ibid,251. 8Ibid,251. 9Ibid,261. 10 Ibid,251252. 11 Ibid,251255.

139 The physiognomy of that Marxism was something quite different from the MarxismofMarxandEngels...wearedealingwithquiteadifferentfoundation forthisideology,becausewehavetoalargedegreeadifferentfoundationforthis ideology.Thisfoundationistheworkingclassofthemostpredatoryimperialist states. 12 Thus,inthesechangedcircumstances,therevisionistsandopportunistshadledtheworkingclass

awayfromtherevolutionarytheoryofMarxandintothearmsofthebourgeoisiebyfailingto

understandandproperlyanalyzethetendenciesofcapitalismintheperiodbeforetheGreatWar.

Thisfailureledtheworkingclasstomarchofftowarin1914indefenseofthe“nation,”instead

ofdrawingtheproperconclusionsaboutcapitalismandtheneedforrevolution.

ThethirdphasethatBukharindiscernedwaswhathe called “The Marxism of Lenin.”

Thisphaserepresentedanewepoch,an“unusuallystormyandunusuallyrevolutionaryepoch,” 13 similar to the “Marxism of Marx.” For Bukharin, this phase represented “the logical and historicalcompletionanddevelopmentoftheother.”However,hearguedthisperiod“cannot be simply a repetition of Marxism and Marx, becausetheepoch...isnotasimplerepetitionofthe epochinwhichMarxlived.”14 (Emphasisintheoriginal)Therefore,Bukharindidnotcallfora simple return to mid19 th CenturyRevolutionaryMarxism.AnewMarxism,orat the least a

newsynthesisofMarxism,wasneededbecausemanyofthephenomena,financecapitalism,the

Great War, the workers’ risings, and finally the commencement of working class rule, were

“unknowntobothMarxandEngels.” 15 WhatBukharinarguedthenwasthat“thesephenomena must be theoretically grasped,”16 analyzed and understood to determine the proper road to revolution and to socialism. In essence, Bukharin’s analysis of the development of finance capitalism, imperialism, the impact of the Great War, the Revolution, and the nature of the

12 Ibid,255. 13 Ibid,255. 14 Ibid,255. 15 Ibid,256257. 16 Ibid,256.

140 transition period to socialism, followed the same sequence as his theoretical work dating to

ImperialismandtheWorldEconomy .

Inhisanalysisofthisthirdphaseofhistoricaldevelopment,Bukharinargued,“Leninist

MarxismisamuchwiderfieldthantheMarxismofMarx” 17 because

animmensequantityofnewideasconnectedwiththe analysis and the practice basedonthisanalysis,ofentirelynewphenomena,andofquitehistoricalphases hasbeenaddedtoallideasthatthenexisted.ThusthefrontiersofMarxismhave beencrossed. 18 Whatheargued,likeBernstein,wasthattheentiretyofideasofMarxin1848simplywasnotthe

wayforwardforsocialism.Marx’sideasexistedas“instruments,”as“methodology,”andthat

theaddingofnewexperienceandanalysistoMarxismwasnotcontradictory. 19 Consequently,

Bukharincontendedthat“LeninistMarxism”isa“ synthesis of a threefold nature ....areturnto

the Marxism of Marx,” 20 (Emphasis in original) i.e. the revolutionary Marx, with the accumulatedknowledgeandexperienceofthenewphenomenaadaptedtothecircumstancesof theday.Furthermore,Bukharinmaintainedthatitisa

synthesis of the theory and practice of the struggling and working class ...itisa synthesisofthe destructive and constructive workoftheworkingclass...this lattercircumstanceisthemostimportantofall. 21 (Emphasisinoriginal) AlthoughBukharinusestheterm“LeninistMarxism”here,whenexaminedclosely,itis

clearthatwhatBukharindidinthisspeechwastolayouthisowntheoryofrevolutionandthe

transitiontosocialism.Inhistheory,Bukharinutilizedtheoriginalvisionofthe“Marxismof

Marx and Engels,” and added the experiences gained during the period of “Marxism of the

Epigones.”Hethentookhisownanalysisoffinancecapitalism,itspolicyofimperialism,and

17 Ibid,257. 18 Ibid,257258. 19 Ibid,258. 20 Ibid,258. 21 Ibid,258.

141 theroleoftheLeviathanstate,synthesizingallthesetoexplainhowtheBolshevikshadtowin theRevolutionandthenembarkonthetransitiontosocialism,intheperiodofwhatthetermed

“TheMarxismofLenin.”Bukharinexplicitlylaidouthissynthesisofthe“MarxismofMarx and Engels” and the “Marxism of the Epigones,” or put another way, a synthesis of the

RevolutionaryMarxandtheEvolutionaryMarxthatlinkstheBukharinofWarCommunismand theBukharinoftheNEP.

Bukharin,asinhisearlierworks,arguedthatinoneperiod,theworkingclasshadtwo tasks,onethatisdestructive,andonethatisconstructive. 22 Hestatedthat,“Wearethemost decisive,courageousandconsistentdestroyersofonesystem,butnowwearethemostconsistent constructorsofanothersystem.” 23 Thatis,theworkingclasshadtodestroythecapitaliststatein theoverthrowofcapitalism,andthenoncethatwasaccomplishedthetaskfacingtheworking class was to construct and bind “together various sections of the common whole under the definitehegemonyoftheworkingclass.” 24

Bukharinpointedoutthatonlyaftertheworkingclass established its hegemony over society through the Dictatorship of the Proletariat could it end the revolutionary, destructive epoch to begin the evolutionary, constructive phase. 25 Here Bukharin saw the Bolsheviks enteringnewterritoryastheycrossedtheouterlimitsofMarxistteaching. 26 Oncetheycrossed this line and established the Dictatorship of the Proletariat, then the real “period of organic development commences .” 27 (Emphasisinoriginal)Hestated,

whatshouldhappenaftertheconquestofpowerbytheworkingclass(naturally insofaraswearereferringtooneisolatedcountry),itisthenaquestionofthe

22 Ibid,258. 23 Ibid,271. 24 Ibid,258. 25 Ibid,257. 26 Ibid,257. 27 Ibid,270.

142 further development towards socialism in this country proceeding along an evolutionarypath,anditcannotbeotherwise;inotherwords,aftertheconquest ofpowerbytheworkingclass,therealtransitiontosocialismbegins. 28 Thestrugglewouldnowtakeonanewform.Itwouldnotbeapoliticalormilitarystruggle,but

an“evolutionarystruggleofeconomicforms.” 29 Thus,inthetransitionperiodtheBolsheviks

wouldnotovercometheremnantsofcapitalismsimplybydestroyingshopsthroughoutRussia,

butbythegrowthandcompetitionofstateindustriesandorganizations. 30

AlthoughCohensawthisaspartofBukharin’s“aboutface,”andotherhistoriansviewed

itas“unMarxist,”BukharinhadalreadylaidoutthisargumentinbothTheABCofCommunism

andinhisworkontheNEP.Itisclearfromtheanalysis in this study and Bukharin’s own

words,thatBukharin’s’synthesisoftherevolutionaryandevolutionaryMarx,eachadaptedto

differentcircumstances,layattheheartofhissupportforbothWarCommunismandtheNEP.

Hestatedthisexplicitly,inanswertoorinanticipationofattacksontheNEPfromwithinthe

party:

ItisquiteclearthatthereisnobreakwhatsoeverwithtraditionalMarxism,since itisamatterofcontinuingandadaptingmethodsofMarxismundercompletely new conditions that were quite unknown to both Marx and Engels in their concreteforms. 31 Consequently,forBukharin,hissynthesisofthetwomainstrainsofMarxism,therevolutionary andtheevolutionary,wasnotarevisionofMarxism,orofthetransitionperiodinMarxism.Itwas acontinuationofMarxism.Therefore,Kozloviscorrect when he argues that what Cohen and

LewindidnotunderstandwasthatforBukharin“socialismisnotapolicy,butaclassprocess.Itis

28 Ibid,270. 29 Ibid,270. 30 Ibid,271. 31 Ibid,271.

143 atransitionalperiodbetweencapitalismandcommunism,andconsequentlycombineselementsof bothsystemsinacontradictorymanner.” 32

Inthiswork,Bukharinalsodealtwiththeissueofstatepowerinthetransitionperiod,i.e.

“TheDictatorshipoftheProletariat.”Eventhoughheacceptedthatthestruggleinthetransition

periodwouldbeeconomicandthattheprocesswouldbeevolutionarynotrevolutionary,healso

acceptedthatinthetransitionperiod,thestatewouldactuallyincreaseitspower,becomingall

powerful and all encompassing.33 This Leviathan state would only wither away as the

contradictions of the transitional system of proletarian dictatorship withered away. Bukharin

acceptedthatthiswouldonlyoccuraftermanyyearsandafteralong,historicalepoch. 34 This

meantthat,untilthattookplace,theproletarianstatewouldretainhegemonyoversocietyand

wouldleadsocietytosocialismbytakingwhateveractionsnecessarytoensurethesuccessand

survivaloftheRevolution.

Thisstatepowerwasnecessary,asnotedabove,toensurethatno“thirdrevolution”took

place,eithertorestorecapitalismortoturntheRevolutionawayfromitsevolutionarypath. 35

Thisstatealsowouldtakeontheroleofabsorbingthosenonproletarianelements,mainlythe

peasantry,intothesocialistsuperstructure.Inthisspeech,BukharinarguedthattheRevisionists

mistakenly“madetheirtaskthatofpeaceful,culturalconstruction...andfora...evolutionary

renewalofthiscapitalistsystem.” 36 Thismistakeallowedthebourgeoisstatetoabsorbthenon

bourgeoiselementsintoitssystem.Now,inthetransitionperiod,whenBukharinarguedfor

peacefulsocialistconstructionandanevolutionarypathtosocialism,theproletarianstatewould

actas,inwordsfromThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod ,“statecapitalism in

32 Kozlov,121. 33 Bukharin,“LeninasaMarxist,”270. 34 Ibid,270271,273274. 35 Ibid,270. 36 Ibid,259.

144 reverse, its own dialectical transformation into its own antithesis ”37 (Emphasisinoriginal)and

absorballthenonproletarianelementsintoit.

“Bukharinism”thenwasacoherentandconsistentphilosophythathadasitsfoundation

thesynthesis,orunification,ifyouwill,ofthetwoconflictingstrainsofMarxistthought.

“Bukharinism”atonceexplainedandjustifiedtherevolutionary overthrow of the bourgeoisie

and the destruction of the bourgeois state, and then laid out an evolutionary transition to

socialism.Bukharin’sworkonthetheoryofthestateanditsactiveroleinthesocializationof

nonproletarianelementsintosocialism,i.e.thereversalofthebasesuperstructuremetaphor,isa

crucialcomponentofthisanalysis.AsBukharinacceptedtheneedforalongandofttimesvery

difficultroadtosocialism,theallpowerfulstate,asheconceivedit,becamethemeanstoensure thatRussiawouldnotedeviatefromthatroad.38

37 Bukharin,ThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod ,101. 38 Bukharin,“LeninasaMarxist,”273274.

145

CONCLUSION

IdestroymyenemywhenImakehimmyfriend. AbrahamLincoln

IfthepurposeofthisworkhadbeenonlytoanalyzethepoliciesthatBukharinespoused

inthetwenties,then Lincoln’squotewouldsumup TheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorker

PeasantAlliance ,thegoaloftheNEPandthewholepurposeofthe“facetocountryside.”For thatiswhatthesepolicieswereeffortstowinovertheclass enemythroughcooptationand socialization, not destroy the enemy through civil war and the violent coercion of War

Communism.WerethesepoliciesthenamajorphilosophicalshiftforBukharinanddidthey represent a break from his days as a left communist and a committed advocate of War

Communism and revolutionary war? Alternatively, did they represent a unique and original synthesisofMarxismandthusplacehimasthephilosophical“interregnum”betweenLeninand

Stalin?

StephenCohenmaintainsthat,asBukharinchangedhissupportfromWarCommunism totheNEP,healsotransformedhispoliticalphilosophy.HowelsecanoneexplainBukharin’s supportforWarCommunismandthenonlyafewyearslaterhissupporttheNEP,twopolices thatseeminglyhavenothingincommonwitheachother?MichaelHaynespointsoutthat

146 TheredirectionofBukharin'sthoughtintheseyearshasoftenbeenpicturedas‘a violentaboutturn’,bothpoliticallyandtheoreticallyasashiftfromthefarLeftof theBolshevikstotheextremerightwing. 1 ItisalsonowclearthatBukharinnevershifted“rightward,”asLewinandDeutscherargue,in termsofhispoliticalphilosophy.Therealitywas,asHaynesputit,“hecametodefinethecentre groundofNEPpolitics,nottheRight.” 2Inessence,hewasaprincipledcommunisttheoretician who believed in the revolutionary struggle. The difference between his support for War

CommunismandthentheNEPwashisrecognitionthat“thetasksofaworkingclassthathad conquered power . . . were very different from those of a working class still struggling for power.”3

ThisstudyhasalsoarguedthatBukharindevelopedanoriginalsynthesis,orunification, oftherevolutionaryandevolutionarystrainsinMarxismthatguidedhisthinkinginthedifferent stages of the revolution and the transition to socialism. Tied to his synthesis, and a key componentofthepresentanalysis,isBukharin’sthinkingon“thenatureoftheoriginalityofthe baseandsuperstructurerelationshipunderthedictatorshipoftheproletariatwheretheworkers’ statebecame‘thecollectivedirectingsubject.’”4TheLeviathanproletarianstate,accordingto

Bukharin, determined all political, economic, and social relationships after the Revolution.

Therefore,duringthetransitionperiod,theproletarian state would act as state capitalism had acted by dominating society and socializing its antagonistic, petit bourgeois base into the dominantproletarianstatestructure,whiledefendingitselffromattacksbytheimperialistworld.

This synthesis of Marxism and the insight regarding the reversed role of the base and the

1Haynes,72. 2Ibid,72. 3Ibid,71. 4Ibid,86.

147 superstructureenableustounderstandhowBukharincouldsupportbothWarCommunismand theNEPwithoutfundamentallychangingoradaptinghisunderlyingphilosophy.

This dissertation also enables us to locate Bukharin inside the Marxist philosophical systemandrebuttheclaimthathewas“unMarxist”inhisworksand,moreimportantly,thathe wasaliberalalternativetoStalinandStalinism.HedidexpandMarxismand,likeBernstein, usedsociologicalanalysistounderstandhowSovietRussiawouldreachsocialism.However,as notedinthepreviouschapterandinBukharin’sownwords,“itisquiteclearthatthereishereno breakwhatsoeverwithtraditionalMarxism.” 5Inreality,hisworksreflectthetensionthatexists

withinMarxismandhowhesynthesizedMarxismtoresolvethosetensions. Therefore,what explainshisshiftinpolicieswasthenewrealityoftheepochs,thenewevidence,andthenew phenomena that emerged, which forced him to adopt policies relevant to each new situation whilestayingtruetoMarxismandhispoliticalphilosophy.

Bukharinconsistentlyadheredtohispre1917analysisofcapitalistdevelopmentwhenhe argued that the destruction of the state capitalist structure and the remnants of the bourgeois worldwereallthatwasnecessarytoreachsocialism.Therefore,inthisperiod,therevolutionary

Marxistidealsof1848,i.e.the“MarxismofMarxandEngels,” 6andtheidealofthecommune statetookprecedence.FollowingtheRevolution,whenfacedwithenemiesonallsidesandan economyandcitizenryclearlyunpreparedforsocialism,hesupportedWarCommunismandthe needforastrongproletarianstate,i.e.theDictatorshipoftheProletariat,to“overthrow...the capitalistregimeinallitstheoreticalbranchesand...inallitsbranchesofpracticalandpolitical conclusions.” 7 Thus, the revolutionary Marxism of the “Marxism of Marx and Engels” was

necessary and justified the revolutionary and destructive actions of this period. Once the 5Bukharin,“LeninasaMarxist,”271. 6Ibid,250251. 7Ibid,250.

148 proletariatachievedvictoryoveritsclassenemies,wassecureincontrolitsownstate,andfaced

thetaskofrebuildingtheeconomyandsociety,BukharinthenjoinedandsupportedLeninwhen

hejettisonedWarCommunismandintroducedtheNewEconomicPolicy,apolicybasedonthe

new circumstances of “Civil Peace.” Then the true transition to socialism began when the

Dictatorship of the Proletariat now brought together the functions of the commune and the productiviststatetoachievesocialismbyanevolutionary,constructivepath.

Therefore,WarCommunismandtheNEPwerenotmutuallyexclusivepoliciesbasedon

conflictingphilosophiesandBukharin’ssupportofWarCommunismandthentheNEPwasthus

noradicalbreakinhisphilosophicalsystem.Inreality,bothWarCommunismandtheNEP pursued the same final goal, socialism, and originated from a single philosophical source,

Bukharin’soriginalsynthesisoftherevolutionaryandevolutionaryvisionsofMarxismandhis beliefinthecentralityofapowerfulproletarianstateinthetransitiontosocialism.

Thesefindingsleadonetotheconclusionthatthere were not “two Bukharins” – “the

authoritarianextremistofWarCommunism(191821)andthehumanitarianliberaloftheNew

EconomicPolicy(19211929).”8TherewasonlyBukharin,thetheoretician,locatedintheheart

ofMarxismandBolshevism,whowasthephilosophical“interregnum”betweenLeninismand

Stalinism.

ThisconclusionthencallsintoquestionandnecessarilyleadshistorianstorejectCohen’s

contention that Bukharin was a “liberal alternative” to Stalin. Contrary to accepted wisdom, philosophically,Bukharin’sworkwasnotoutsideMarxismorforthatmatterBolshevism.In

somerespects,hemayhavebeena“humanitarian,”oreven“liberal,”buthemostcertainlywas

at the heart of Bolshevism and Marxism. This then leads historians to rethink the role that

8RichardDay,“TheNewLeviathan,”xxxii.

149 Bukharin’stheoreticalsynthesisandhiswritingsonthestateinthetransitiontosocialismplayed inStalin’s“RevolutionfromAbove.”

HistorianshaverightlycriticizedBukharinforhispoliticalroleinthedefeatoftheLeft

Oppositionin1923andtheUnitedOppositionin1925,whenheandStalinwerealliesandboth supportedtheNEP.TheseactionsarguablyfacilitatedStalin’sriseandeventualconsolidationof power, with all its attendant consequences. In fact, Michael Haynes argues, “Ultimately he

[Bukharin] was led so far astray in his politicsthat he unwittingly contributed to one of the centralhorrorsofthiscentury.” 9However,whatthisstudysuggestsandleavesopenforfuture analysisisthatBukharin’spoliticalroleinStalin’srisetopowerwaslessimportantthantherole hisphilosophicalworkplayedinStalin’s“RevolutionfromAbove.”

AlthoughacompleteanalysisofBukharin’sphilosophicalroleinStalinismisbeyondthe scopeofthisstudy,itisclearthatBukharinwasthephilosophicalinterregnumbetweenLenin and Stalin and the theoretician who developed an original body of Marxist thought on the

Revolutionandtheroleofthestateintransitionperiod,thatwecanrightlycall“Bukharinism.”

Althoughunintentional,“Bukharinism”laidthephilosophicalfoundationsfor“TheRevolution from Above” and “The Great Leap Forward” in 1928. In actual fact, it was not Stalin, but

Bukharin who first argued that the proletarian state, through its control of the economic and politicalleversofstatepower,couldcoerce,violentlyorpeacefully,itsantagonisticbaseinto socialism.ItwasBukharin’s,notStalin’s,analysisofthechangednatureofthestateandstate powerbetween1915and1925,whichledtothebeliefthat,asMichaelHaynesputsit,“Thereal centreofthetransitionwasthereforetheattemptconsciouslytocontrolsociety.” 10 Inessence,

Bukharinarguedthatthestate,i.e.,theproletariandictatorship

9Haynes,130. 10 Ibid,88.

150 isaweaponforsuppressingtheexploitersandanyattempttheymightmaketo regain power and, second, that it serves as a basic lever for the economic transformationofsociety.Theworkingclassusesitscontroloverthemachinery ofstatepowerinorder continuously to reform the economic relations of society in a socialist manner .11 (Emphasisinoriginal) Heitmanrightlypointsout,

althoughStalinaddednewdoctrinesafter1928totheofficialbodyofCommunist theory,insomeinstancestheseweremerely reaffirmationsorreformulationsof ideas advanced earlier by Bukharin. An example of this is Stalin's theory of ‘revolution from above’ by which he justified his programmes of enforced industrialization and collectivization in the nineteenthirties. The precedent for thistheory,however,hadbeenlaiddownasearlyas1920byBukharin,whenhe characterizedthedynamicsofthetransitionperiodasanextraordinaryprocessof ‘reverse influence of the superstructure on the base’, arising from the revolutionary,‘cataclysmicnatureofthetransitionalprocess’.12 KarlKühneagreesandargues,inhisessay“BukharinasTheoreticianandSkepticofEconomic

Growth,”that:

In his ABC of Communism and The Politics and Economics of the Transition Period , he [Bukharin] had portrayed the abolition of the market under perfect communismasanidealaim...StalinappropriatedalargepartoftheBukharin model. 13 Consequently,bythetimeStalinandtheBolsheviksembarkedonthe“RevolutionfromAbove” in 1928, “one can find few theoretical justificationsinhis[Bukharin]ownwork forhis... struggle against Stalinist authoritarianism.”14 Because, in reality and ironically, the philosophical foundation and justification for the use of unlimited state power, in any form

necessarytoachievesocialism,camefromthetheoreticalworkofNikolaiBukharin,theleader

ofthe“Right”deviationthatStalinandhisallieshaddefeated.

11 Bukharin,TheRoadtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance ,263. 12 Heitman,“BetweenLeninandStalin:NikolaiBukharin,”89. 13 KarlKühne,“BukharinasTheoreticianandSkepticofEconomicGrowth,”inBukharininRetrospect , 127. 14 Willoughby,102.

151

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Primary (Books) Bernstein,Eduard.EvolutionarySocialism:ACriticismandAffirmation .SchockenBooks. NewYork,1961. BöhmBawerk,Eugen.KarlMarxandtheCloseofHisSystem .Clifton,NewJersey:A.M. Kelley,1973. Bukharin,NikolaiI.andEvgeniiPreobrazhenskii.TheABCofCommunism .AnnArbor: UniversityofMichiganPress,1966. Bukharin,NikolaiI.,A.MDeborin,Y.M.Uranovsky,A.I.,Tiumeniev,andothers.,Marxism andModernThought .NewYork:PolygraphicCompany,1935. Bukharin,NikolaiI..ImperialismandWorldEconomy. NewYork:M.Lawrence,1930. ──────CultureinTwoWorlds. NewYork:InternationalPamphlets,1934. ──────TheEconomicTheoryoftheLeisureClass .NewYork:InternationalPublishers, 1927. ──────HistoricalMaterialism:ASystemofSociology .EditedbyAlfredG.Meyer.Ann Arbor:UniversityofMichiganPress,1969. ──────ThePoliticsandThePoliticsandEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod .Translatedby OliverField,EditedbyKennethJ.Tarbuck.London:Routledge&KeganPaulLtd., 1979. ──────SelectedWritingsontheStateandtheTransitiontoSocialism .EditedandTranslatedby RichardB.Day.Armonk:M.E.Sharpe,1982. ──────BuildingUpSocialism .London:CommunistPartyofGreatBritain,1926. Engels,Frederick.AntiDühring:HerrEugenDühring'sRevolutioninScience .Moscow: ForeignLanguagesPublishingHouse,1962. Gorbachev,Mikhail.Perestroika:NewThinkingforOurCountryandtheWorld .NewYork: HarperandRow,1987. Gramsci,Antonio.TheModernPrince:AndOtherWritings . London:LawrenceandWishart, 1957.

152 Hilferding,Rudolf.FinanceCapital:AStudyoftheLatestPhaseofCapitalistDevelopment . EditedbyTomBottomore.TranslatedbyMorrisWatnickandSamGordon.London: Routledge&KeganPaul,1981. ──────BöhmBawerk’sCriticismofMarx .TranslatedbyEdenandCedarPaul.Glasgow: SocialistLabourPress,1920. Hobson,J.A.Imperialism:AStudy .London:GeorgeAllen&Unwin,1905. ──────“Imperialism,ModernHistorySourcebook:JohnHobson:Imperialism,”1902,1997 http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/mod/1902hobson.html(18July2005. Kollonati,Alexandra.TheWorkersOppositioninRussia .Chicago:IndustrialWorkersofthe World,1921. ──────“TheWorkersOpposition,”AlexandraKollontaiArchive ,2002, http://www.marxists.org/archive/kollonta/works/1921/workersopposition/index.htm(22, January2005). Larina,Anna.ThisICannotForget:TheMemoirsofNikolaiBukharin'sWidow .NewYork: W.W.Norton&Co.,1993. Lenin,V.I..TheStateandRevolution .TranslatedbyRobertService.London:Penguin,1992. ──────Imperialism,TheHighestStageofCapitalism:APopularOutline .NewYork: InternationalPublishers,1939. ──────OntheAllianceoftheWorkingClassandthePeasantry .Moscow:Novosti PressAgencyPublishingHouse,1970. ──────AgainstRevisionism,InDefenceofMarxism .Moscow:ProgressPublishers, 1970. ──────MarxismandRevisionism .Moscow:NovostiPressAgencyPub.House,1969. ──────WhatistobeDone ?.NewYork:InternationalPublishers,1969. Lenin,V.I.andLeonTrotsky.Kronstadt .NewYork:MonadPress,1979. Lugard,F.D..“ModernHistorySourcebook:Capt.F.D.Lugard:TheRiseofOurEastAfrican Empire,1893,”1998,http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/mod/1893lugard.html.(18July 2005). ──────TheRiseofOurEastAfricanEmpire ,Vol1.London:BlackwoodPress,1893. Luxemburg,Rosa.SelectedPoliticalWritings .NewYork:GrovePress,1974. ──────ImperialismandtheAccumulationofCapital .English,1972. ──────TheRussianRevolution,andLeninismorMarxism?.AnnArbor:Universityof MichiganPress,1961. Luxemburg,RosaandNikolaiBukharin.ImperialismandtheAccumulationofCapital .Edited byKennethJ.Tarbuck.TranslatedbyRudolfWichmann.London:ThePenguinPress, 1972. Marx,KarlandFrederickEngels.TheCommunistManifesto .NewYork:International

153 Publishers,1989. ──────TheGermanIdeology .NewYork:InternationalPublishers,1995. Marx,Karl&V.I.Lenin.CivilWarinFrance:TheParisCommune .NewYork:International Publishers,1976. Plekhanov,Georgii..EssaysintheHistoryofMaterialism .NewYork:H.Fertig,1967. ──────HistoryofRussianSocialThought .NewYork:H.Fertig,1967. Preobrazhenskii,E.A..TheCrisisofSovietIndustrialization:SelectedEssays .White Plains,NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1979. ──────TheDeclineofCapitalism .Armonk,NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1985. ──────FromNewEconomicPolicytoSocialism .London:NewParkPublications, 1973. ──────TheNewEconomics .Oxford:ClarendonPress,1965. Schumpeter,JosephA..TenGreatEconomists,FromMarxtoKeynes .NewYork:Oxford UniversityPress,1969. Trotsky,Leon.InDefenseofMarxism .NewYork:MeritPublishers,1965. Weber,Max.TheProtestantEthicandtheSpiritofCapitalism .Mass:P.Smith,1988.

Primary (Periodicals and Articles) Bukharin,Nikolai.“TheRussianRevolutionandItsSignificance,”TheClassStruggle ,Vol.1, No.1,MayJune,1917,nd, http://www.marxists.org/archive/bukharin/works/1917/rev.htm(11June2004). ──────“AnarchyandScientificCommunism,”nd., http://www.marxists.org/archive/bukharin/works/1918/ps.htm(11June2004) ──────“TowardaTheoryoftheImperialistState.”N.I.Bukharin:SelectedWritingsonthe StateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,editedandtranslatedbyRichardB.Day,633.New York:M.E.Sharpe,1982. ──────“TheNewCourseinEconomicPolicy.”N.I.Bukharin:SelectedWritingsontheState andtheTransitiontoSocialism ,editedandtranslatedbyRichardB.Day,209294.New York:M.E.Sharpe,1982. ──────“TheEconomicsoftheTransitionPeriod.”N.I.Bukharin:SelectedWritingsonthe StateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,editedandtranslatedbyRichardB.Day,3892. NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1982. ──────“PathtoSocialismandtheWorkerPeasantAlliance.”N.I.Bukharin:SelectedWritings ontheStateandtheTransitiontoSocialism ,editedandtranslatedbyRichardB.Day, 209294.NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1982. ──────“LeninasaMarxist.”InDefenceoftheRussianRevolution ,editedbyAlRichardson, 249277.London:PorcupinePress,1995. ──────“Marx’sTeachingsanditsHistoricalImportance.”MarxismandModernThought . TranslatedbyRalphFox.NewYork:Harcourt,BraceandCompany,1935.

154 Engels,Frederick.“ThePeasantQuestioninFranceandGermany.”14,08/2000, http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/download/Engles_The_Peasant_Question_i n_France_and_Germany.pdf(18August2005). Lenin,V.I..“OnCooperation.”LeninCollectedWorks,Volume33 ,46775,2000, http://www.marxists.org/archive/lenin/works/1923/jan/06.htm(14July2005). Kautsky,Karl.“FinanceCapitalandCrises.”SocialDemocrat .London,Vol.XV,1911. ──────“UltraImperialism .(1914),”nd, http://www.marxists.org/archive/kautsky/1914/09/ultraimp.htm(30June2004). Schumpeter,Joseph.“ModernHistorySourcebook:JosephA.Schumpeter:TheSociologyof Imperialism,1918,”1998,http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/mod/1918schumpeter1.html (12May2005). ──────“ImperialismandCapitalism.”ReadingsinRussianForeignPolicy , editedby Robert Goldwin, with Gerald Stourzh and Marvin Zetterbaum, 250266. New York: OxfordUniversityPress,1959. Veblen,Thorstein.“TheSocialistEconomicsofKarlMarxandHisFollowers:Part1.”The QuarterlyJournalofEconomics ,20,(1906). Secondary Sources (Books)

Aganbegyan,Abel.InsidePerestroika .TranslatedbyHelenSzamuely.NewYork:Harperand Row,1989. Alter,Max.CarlMengerandtheOriginsofAustrianEconomics .Boulder:Westview Press,1990. Anweiler,Oskar.TheSoviets;TheRussianWorkers,PeasantsandSoldiersCouncils; 19051921 .TranslatedbyRuthStein.NewYork:PantheonBooks,1974. Arendt,Hannah.On .US:ClevelandWorldBooks,1958. Avrich,Paul.Kronstadt1921 .NewYork:W.W.NortonandCompany,1974. Bailes,KendallE..TechnologyandSocietyUnderLeninandStalin .NewJersey:Princeton UniversityPress,1978. Bandelin,OscarJ..ReturnoftheNep:TheFalsePromiseofLeninismandtheFailureof Perestroika .Westport,CT:Praeger,2002. Bassin,Mark.ImperialVisions:NationalistImaginationandGeographicalExpansioninthe RussianFarEast,18401865 .Cambridge,England:CambridgeUniversityPress,1999.

155 Berghahn,VolkerR..ImperialGermany:Economy,Society,CultureandPolitics,18711914 . Oxford:BerghahnBooks,1994. ──────GermanyandtheApproachofWarin1914 .NewYork:St.Martin’sPress,1993. BergmannTheodor,GertSchaefer,andMarkSelden,eds.BukharininRetrospect. Armonk,NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1994. Bienkowski,Wladyslaw.TheoryandReality:TheDevelopmentofSocialSystems . London:AllisonandBusbyLimited,1981. Burbank,Jane.IntelligentsiaandRevolution:RussianViewsofBolshevism,1917 1922 .NewYork:OxfordUniversityPress,1986. Carr,E.H..SocialisminOneCountry19241926 .NewYork:MacmillanBooks,1960. ──────FoundationsofaPlannedEconomy:19261929 .London:MacmillanBooks, 1969. Chamberlain,WilliamHenry.Russia’sIronAge .Boston:Little,Brown,1934. Chase,WilliamJ..Workers,Society,andtheSovietState;LaborandLifeinMoscow, 19181929 . UrbanaandChicago:UniversityofIllinoisPress,1990. Cohen,StephenF..BukharinandtheBolshevikRevolution:APoliticalBiography, 18881938 .NewYork:OxfordUniversityPress,1980. ──────RethinkingtheSovietExperience:PoliticsandHistorysince 1917 .NewYork:Oxford UniversityPress,1986. Connor,WalterD..Socialism’sDilemmas:StateandSocietyintheSovietBloc .NewYork: ColumbiaUniversityPress,1988. Daniels,RobertV..TheConscienceoftheRevolution:CommunistOppositioninSoviet Russia .NewYork:SimonandSchuster,1960. ──────TheStalinRevolution:FoundationsofSovietTotalitarianism .Mass.:Heath, 1972. Danilov,L.L..SovietFiveYearPlans .Moscow:NovostiPressAgencyPublishing House,1985. Davies,R.W..TheSocialistOffensive:TheCollectivisationofSovietAgriculture,19291930 . Cambridge,Mass.:HarvardUniversityPress,1980. Deutscher,Isaac.Trotsky:TheProphetUnarmed,19211929 .NewYork:OxfordUniversity Press,1980. ──────Trotsky:TheProphetArmed,18791921 .GreatBritain:OxfordUniversity Press,1954.

156 Donald,Moira.MarxismandRevolution:KarlKautskyandtheRussianMarxists,19001924 . NewHaven:YaleUniversityPress,1993. Dowlah,AlexF..SovietPoliticalEconomyinTransition:FromLenintoGorbachev .New York:GreenwoodPress,1992. Dowlah,AlexF.andJohnE.Elliott.TheLifeandTimesofSovietSocialism .Connecticut: Praeger,1997. Ehrenberg,John.TheDictatorshipoftheProletariat:Marxism’sTheoryofSocialDemocracy . NewYork:Routledge,ChapmanandHall,Inc.1992. Erlich, Alexander. Soviet Industrialization Debate, 19241928 . Massachusetts: Harvard UniversityPress,1960. Ferro,Marc,TheGreatWar .London:RoutledgeClassics,2002. Figes,Orland.PeasantRussia,CivilWar:TheVolgaCountrysideinRevolution,1917 1921 .NewYork:OxfordUniversityPress,1989. Fitzpatrick,Sheila,ed.CulturalRevolutioninRussia .BloomingtonandIndianapolis: Indiana UniversityPress,1978. ──────EducationandSocialMobilityintheSovietUnion .NewYork:CambridgeUniversity Press,1979. ──────TheRussianRevolution:19171932 .NewYork:OxfordUniversityPress,1984. ──────TheCivilWarasaFormativeExperience .Washington,D.C.:KennanInstitutefor AdvancedRussianStudies,TheWilsonCenter,1981. ──────RussiaintheEraofNEP:ExplorationsinSovietSocietyandCulture .Bloomington: IndianaUniversityPress,1991. Gay,Peter.TheDilemmaofDemocraticSocialism:EduardBernstein'sChallengeto Marx .NewYork:CollierBooks,1962. Geyer,Dietrich,RussianImperialism:TheInteractionofDomesticandForeignPolicy 18601914 .TranslatedbyBruceLittle.NewHaven:YaleUniversityPress,1987. Gleason,Abbott,PeterKenez,andRichardSites.BolshevikCulture .Indiana:Indiana UniversityPress,1985. Goldwin,RobertA.,GeraldStourzh,andMarvinZetterbaum.ReadingsinRussian ForeignPolicy .NewYork:OxfordUniversityPress,1959. Haimson,Leopold.TheRussianMarxistsandtheOriginsofBolshevism .Boston: BeaconPress,1966. Hanson,StephenE..TimeandRevolution:MarxismandtheDesignofSovietInstitutions .The

157 UniversityofNorthCarolinaPress,1997. Harding,Neil.Lenin’sPoliticalThought .NewYork:St.Martin’sPress,1981. Harrison,Mark.WhyDidNEPFail?.Washington,D.C.:TheWilsonCenter,Kennan InstituteforAdvancedRussianStudies,1981. Haynes,Michael.NikolaiBukharinandtheTransitionFromCapitalismtoSocialism . London:CroomHelmLtd.,1985. Heitman,Sidney.NikolaiBukharin:ABibliographyWithAnnontations .Stanford: Hoover,InstitutiononWar,RevolutionandPeace,1969. ──────NikolaiBukharin'sTheoryofRevolution .NewYork:1963. Hicks,JohnRichard,SirWilhelmWeber.CarlMengerandtheAustrianSchoolofEconomics . Oxford,ClarendonPress,1973. Himmelfarb,Gertrude.OnLookingintotheAbyss:UntimelyThoughtsonCultureandSociety . NewYork:VintageBooks,1994. Hindus, Maurice. Red Bread: Collectivization in a Russian Village . Bloomington and Indianapolis:IndianaUniversityPress,1988. ──────HumanityUprooted .NewYork:J.CapeandH.Smith,1930. Hobsbawm,Eric.TheAgeofRevolution:17891848 .NewYork:VintageBooks,1996. ──────TheAgeofCapital:18481875 .NewYork:VintageBooks,1996. ──────TheAgeofEmpire:18751914 .NewYork:VintageBooks,1996. Horne,Alistair.ThePriceofGlory:Verdun1916 .NewYork:PenguinBooks,1964. Howe,Irving.EssentialWorksofSocialism .NewHaven:YaleUniversityPress,1986. Hughes, James R.. Stalin, , and the Crisis of the New Economic Policy . New York: CambridgeUniversityPress,1991. Hunt, Richard N.. The Political Ideas of Marx and Engels: Marxism and Totalitarian Democracy,18181850 .Pittsburgh:UniversityofPittsburghPress,1974. ──────The Political Ideas of Marx and Engels: Classical Marxism, 18501895 . Pittsburgh: UniversityofPittsburghPress,1984. Johnson,Chalmers.Blowback:TheCostsandConsequencesofAmericanEmpire .NewYork: HenryHoltandCompany,LLC.,2000. Kaiser,DanielH.,ed.TheWorkersRevolutioninRussia,1917:TheViewFromBelow .New York:CambridgeUniversityPress,1987.

158 Katkov,George.TheTrialofBukharin .NewYork:SteinandDay,1969. Keegan,John.TheFirstWorldWar .NewYork:AlfredA.Knopf,1999. Koenker, Diane. Moscow Workers and the Russian Revolution . New York: Princeton UniversityPress,1981. Kowalski,Ronald.TheBolshevikPartyinConflict:theleftcommunistoppositionof 1918 .Pittsburgh,PA:UniversityofPittsburghPress,1991. KozlovN.andEricD.Weitz,eds.NikolaiIvanovichBukharin:ACentenaryAppraisal. NewYork:Praeger,1990. Kuromiya, Hirokai. Stalin's Industrial Revolution: Politics and Workers, 19281932 . Great Britain:CambridgeUniversityPress,1990. Labedz,Leopold,ed.Revisionism;EssaysontheHistoryofMarxistIdeas .NewYork:Praeger Press,1962. Lafore,Laurence.TheEndofGlory .Illinois:WavelandPress,2001. Lefebvre,Georges.TheGreatFearof1789:RuralPanicinRevolutionaryFrance .New York:VintageBooks,1973. Levy,Carl.SocialismandtheIntelligentsia:18801914 .NewYork:Routledge&KeganPaul, 1987. Lewin,Moshe.TheMakingoftheSovietSystem .NewYork:PantheonBooks,1985. ──────Russian Peasants and Soviet Power; A Study of Collectivisation . Evanston: NorthwesternUniversityPress,1968. ──────TheGorbachevPhenomenon:AHistoricalInterpretation .Berkeley:University ofCaliforniaPress,1988. ──────Political Undercurrents in Soviet Economic Debate: From Bukharin to Modern Reformers .NJ:PrincetonUniversityPress,1974. ──────Lenin’s Last Struggle . Translated by A. M. Sheridan Smith. New York: Pantheon Books,1968. Malle, Silvana. The Economic Organization of War Communism, 19181921 . New York: CambridgeUniversityPress,1985. Mayer, Arno J. The Furies: Violence and Terror in the French and Russian Revolutions . Princeton,NJ:PrincetonUniversityPress,2000. ──────ThePersistenceoftheOldRegime:EuropetotheGreatWar .NewYork:Pantheon Books,1981. Medlin,VirgilD.,ed.TheRussianRevolution .NewYork:RobertKriegerPublishing

159 Company,1979. Medvedev,Roy.AllStalin'sMen .TranslatedbyHaroldShukman.NewYork:AnchorBooks, 1985. ──────NikolaiBukharin:TheLastYears .NewYork:W.W.Norton,1980. ──────LetHistoryJudge .NewYork:VintageBooks,1973. Mitchell,WesleyC.,ed.WhatVeblenTaught:SelectedWritingsofThorsteinVeblen .New York:VikingPress,1936. Nation,R.Craig.WaronWar:Lenin,theZimmerwaldLeft,andtheOriginsof CommunistInternationalism .Durham:DukeUniversityPress,1989. Nettl,J.P..RosaLuxemburg .NewYork:OxfordUniversityPress,1969. Nove,Alec.PoliticalEconomyandSovietSocialism .London:GeorgeAllenand Unwin,1979. Opitz,EdmundA.,ed.LeviathanatWar .NewYork:TheFoundationforEconomic Education,Inc.,1995. Pethybridge,Roger.SocialPreludetoStalinism .NewYork:St.Martin'sPress,1974. Radkey,Oliver.TheUnknownCivilWarinSovietRussia:AStudyoftheGreen Movementin theTambovRegion,19201921 .Stanford:HooverInstitution Press,1976. Rees,E.A..StateControlinSovietRussia:TheRiseandFalloftheWorkers'and Peasants'Inspectorate,19201934 .NewYork:St.Martin'sPress,1987. Reiman,Michael.TheBirthofStalinism:TheUSSRontheEveofthe“Second Revolution”. Bloomington:IndianaUniversityPress,1987. Remington,ThomasF..BuildingSocialisminBolshevikRussia:IdeologyandIndustrial Organization,19171921 .Pittsburgh:UniversityofPittsburghPress,1984. Richardson,Al.InDefenceoftheRussianRevolution .London:PorcupinePress,1995. Robinson,Geroid.RuralRussiaUndertheOldRegime.NewYork:Macmillan,1932. ──────TheMarxianRevolutionaryIdeal .NewYork:W.W.NortonandCompany,Inc.,1969. Schapiro,LeonardB..TheCommunistPartyoftheSovietUnion .NewYork:RandomHouse, 1960. Service,Robert.TheBolshevikPartyinRevolution:AStudyinOrganizationalChange,1917 1923 .NewYork:Barnes&NobleBooks,1979.

160 Siegelbaum,LewisH..SovietStateandSocietyBetweenRevolutions,19181920 .Cambridge: CambridgeUniversityPress,1992. Skocpol,Theda.StatesandSocialRevolutions:AComparativeAnalysisofFrance,Russia,& China .Cambridge:CambridgeUniversityPress,1979. Stevenson,David.Cataclysm:TheFirstWorldWasasPoliticalTragedy .NewYork:Basic Books,2004. Tarbuck,KennethJ..Bukharin'sTheoryofEquilibrium:ADefenseofHistoricalMaterialism . MA.:UnwinHyman,1989. ──────ImperialismandtheAccumulationofCapital.London:AllenLane,thePenguinPress, 1972. Taylor,A.J.P..TheFirstWorldWar:AnIllustratedHistory .NewYork:PerigeeBooks,1972. Taylor,Edmund.TheFallofDynasties:TheCollapseoftheOldOrder:19051922 .NewYork: DorestPress,1963. Tucker,RobertC..TheMarxianRevolutionaryIdea .NewYork:W.W.Norton&Company, Inc.,1969. Tudor,Henry,Tudor,J.M..MarxismandSocialDemocracy:TheRevisionistDebate,1896– 1898 .CambridgeUniversityPress,1988. Ulam,Adam,TheUnfinishedRevolution .NewYork:RandomHouse,1960. Viola,Lynne.TheBestSonsoftheFatherland:WorkersintheVanguardofSoviet Collectivization .NewYork:OxfordUniversityPress,1987. Walicki,Andrezj.AHistoryofRussianThoughtFromtheEnlightenmenttoMarxism .Stanford, Ca.:StanfordUniversityPress,1979. Zaslavskaya, Tatyana. The Second Socialist Revolution: An Alternative Soviet Strategy . Bloomington:IndianaUniversityPress,1990. Zoninsein, Jonas. Monopoly Capital Theory: Hilferding and TwentiethCentury Capitalism . NewYork:GreenwoodPress,1990.

Secondary (Periodicals, Essays and Articles) Avrich,Paul.“RussianAnarchistsandtheCivilWar,”RussianReview ,Volume27,Issue3 (July1968):298306. Bean,JonathanJ..“NikolaiBukharinandtheNewEconomicPolicy:A‘MiddleWay’?,”The

161 IndependentReview:AJournalofPoliticalEconomy 2,no.1,(Summer1997):7997. Biggart,John.“BukharinandtheOriginsoftheProletarianCultureDebate,”Soviet Studies ,volXXXIX,no2,(April1986):229246. Bottomore,Thomas,“Introduction”toFinanceCapital:AStudyoftheLatestPhaseof CapitalistDevelopment ,editedbyBottomore,Thomas,TranslatedbyMorrisWatnick& SamGordon,117.London:Routledge&KeganPaul,1981. Bourne,John.“TheWordWarinContext.”PasschandaeleinPerspective:TheThirdBattleof Ypres ,editedbyLiddell,PeterH.,314.London:PenandSwordPaperbacks,1997. Chase,WilliamJ..“Voluntarism,MobilisationandCoercion:Subbotniks,19191921.”Soviet Studies ,volXLI,no1,January1989:111128 ──────“TheIllusiveSmychka.”RevuedesEtudesSlaves ,LXIV,1(1992):5374. Cumings,Bruce.“ReflectionsonSchurmann'sTheoryoftheState.”Bulletinof ConcernedAsianScholars 8,no.4(1976):5564. CurrentDigestoftheSovietPress,“BukharinHailedfor‘Humanistic’Views.”Vol.XL,NO. 41,1988. ──────“TakingaCloserLookatBukharin.”Vol.XL,NO.5,1988. Davies,R.W..“TheNewEconomicPolicy,”1998,www.users.globalnet.co.uk/~semp/nep.htm (21January2005). ──────“Introduction:FromTsarismtotheNEP.”FromTsarismtotheNEP ,editedbyDavies, R.W.,57.GB:BillingandSons,1990. Day,RichardB..“TheNewLeviathan:Bukharin'sContributiontotheTheoryofthe StateandtheTransitiontoSocialism.”N.I.Bukharin,SelectedWritingsontheState andtheTransitiontoSocialism ,editedbyDay,RichardB.,xxxilviii.NewYork:M.E. Sharpe,1982. DeutscheAkademe.“TambovRebellionfreedefinition,”academede,n.d.,http://www.free definition.com/Tambovrebellion.html(12Feb.2005). Duffy,Michael.“FirstWorld.com–TheBattlesofIsonzo,19151917,”2005, http://www.firstworldwar.com/battles/isonzo.htm(7May2005) Epstein,Mikhail.“AnOverviewofRussianPhilosophy,1995, http://www.emory.edu/INTELNET/rus_thought_overview.html(15July2005). Fyson,George.“TheMilitant4/31/95Lenin’sFinalFight,”(1995) http://www.themilitant.com/1995/5917/5917_27.html(22January2005). Getty,J.ArchandWilliamJChase.“TheSovietBureaucracyin1935:ASocio

162 PoliticalProfile.”EssaysonRevolutionaryCultureandStalinism ,editedby Strang,John.Columbus:SlavicaPublishers,1990. Getty,J.Arch,CharlesWetherellandWilliamJ.Chase.“PatternsofStateandParty OfficeholdingintheSovietBureaucracy,19291931.”PaperdeliveredtoThirdAnnual ConferenceoftheNationalSeminaronRussianSocialHistoryintheTwentiethCentury, UniversityofPennsylvania,January,1983. Gorinov,M.M.andS.V.Tsakunov,TranslatedbyKonstantinGurevic“Lifeandworksof EvgeniiAlekseevichPreobrazhenskii.”OZLEFT ,n.d., http://members.optushome.com.au/spainter/Preobrazhenski.html(9January2005) Haimson,Leopold.“SocialStabilityinTsaristRussia:19051917.”SlavicReview ,(December 1964):619642. ──────”SocialStabilityinTsaristRussia:19051917.”SlavicReview ,(January1965):121. Halsall,Paul,“ModernHistorySourcebook:JohnHobson,Imperialism1902.”1997, http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/mod/1902hobson.html,(8January2005). Harding,Neal.“Socialism,SocietyandtheOrganicLabourState.”TheStateandSocialist Society ,EditedbyHarding,Neal,145.StateUniversityofNewYorkPress,1984. Hatch,JohnB..“WorkingClassPoliticsinMoscowDuringtheEarlyNEP:and Workers’Organisations,19211922.”SovietStudies ,vol.XXXIX,no.4,(October 1987):556574. Heitman,Sidney.“BetweenLeninandStalin:NikolaiBukharin.”Revisionism:Essaysonthe HistoryofMarxistIdeas ,editedbyLabedz,Leopold,7790.NewYork:Praeger,1962. Herold,Marc.“TheContributionofBukharin.”NikolaiIvanovichBukharin:ACentenary Appraisal ,editedbyKozlov,NicholasandEricD.Weitz,123.NewYork:Praeger, 1990. Kagarlitsky,Boris.“DifferingOpinionsoverLenin’sMemory.” St.PetersburgTimes ,29April 2003,#864. Kozlov,Nicholas.“WarCommunism,theNewEconomicPolicyandBukharin’sTheoryofthe TransitiontoSocialism.”NikolaiIvanovichBukharin:ACentenaryAppraisal ,editedby Kozlov,NicholasandEricD.Weitz,107128. NewYork:Praeger,1990. Kühne,Karl,“BukharinasTheoreticianandSkepticofEconomicGrowth.”Bukharinin Retrospect ,editedbyBergman,Theodor,GertSchaffer,MarkSelden,118132.Armonk, NewYork:M.E.Sharpe,1994. Laverychev,V.Ia.,“OnTheQuestionoftheMaterialPreconditionsofTheGreatOctober Revolution.”SlavicReview ,(Summer1998):3857.

163 Lerner,Robert,StandishMeacham,EdwardMcNallBurns.WesternCivilizations2Thirteenth Edition .NewYork:W.W.Norton&Company,1998. Malia,Martin.“AFatalLogic.”TheNationalInterest ,(Spring1993):80+. http://www.questia.com/. Mcfaul,Michael.“LessonsfromRussia'sProtractedTransitionfromCommunistRule.”Political ScienceQuarterly ,114,no.1(1999):103+.http://www.questia.com/. Miliband,Ralph.“ThePlausibilityofSocialism.”NewLeftReview a,no.206(1994):314. ──────“SocialisminQuestion.”MonthlyReview ,(March1991):16+. http://www.questia.com/. Meyer,Alfred.“Introduction.”HistoricalMaterialism:ASystemofSociology .119.Ann Arbor:UniversityofMichiganPress,1969. Migranian,.“OnInterrelationsoftheIndividual,SocietyandtheStateinthePolitical TheoryofMarxism.”SovietReview .vol.30no.1(Jan./Feb.1989):4063. Mukherjee,SubrataandSushilaRamasway,AHistoryofSocialistThought .NewDelhi:Sage Publications,IndiaPvt.Ltd.,2000. Radek,Karl.“TheDevelopmentofSocialismfromSciencetoAction.”InDefenceofthe RussianRevolution ,editedbyRichardson,Al,321.London:PorcupinePress,1995. Raymond,Chad,“RationalResistancetoaWeakAuthoritarianState:ThePoliticalEconomyof VietnameseFarmersfromCollectivizationtoDoiMo i,”2000, http://www.socialscience.gardnerwebb.edu/Faculty/craymond/Diss/Intro.htm(21 January2005),Chapter1.UnpublishedDissertation. vanRee,Erik.“DidStalin“Russify”Marxism?”Unpublishedpaper. Rempel,Gerhard.“WarCommunism.”WesternNewEnglandCollege,nd, http://www.mars.acnet.wnec.edu/~grempel/courses/stalin/lectures/WarCom.html(10 January2005). Riddle,WesleyAllan.“WarandIndividualLibertyinAmericanHistory,”LeviathanatWar , editedbyOpitz,EdmundA.,139143.NewYork:TheFoundationforEconomic Education,1995. Rittersborn,Gabor.“RethinkingStalinism.”RussianHistory .#4.Winter1984. ──────“TheStateAgainstItself:SocialistTensionsandPoliticalConflictintheUSSR.” Telos .no41.(Fall1979):87104.

164 Ryan,Sally.IntroductiontoPermanentRevolutionandResults&Prospects ,“LeonTrotsky: PermanentRevolution:PermanentRevolutionIndexPage,”nd, http://www.marxists.org/archive/trotsky/works/1931tpv/index.htm(22January2005). Scanlan,JamesP..“ReformsandCivilSocietyintheUSSR,”ProblemsofCommunism (March April1988):4146. Sherlock,Thomas.“PoliticsandHistoryunderGorbachev,”ProblemsofCommunism (May August1988):24. Smaldone,William.“RudolfHilferdingandtheTotalState.”TheHistorian 57,no.1(1994): http://www.questia.com/,97+. Sweezy,P.M..“FourLecturesonMarxism.”MonthlyReviewPress (1981):60. Utechin,S.V.“Viii.PhilosophyandSociety:AlexanderBogdanov.”Revisionism;Essaysonthe HistoryofMarxistIdeas ,editedbyLabedz,Leopold,117125.NewYork:Praeger,1962. Vacić,AlexanderM..“AlternativeViewsonSocialistEconomicsintheBukharin PreobrazhenskiiPolemicandtheirContemporarySignificance.”BukharininRetrospect , editedbyBergmann,Theodor,GertSchaeferandMarkSelden,6593.Armonk,New York:M.E.Sharpe,1994. Willoughby,John.“ConfrontingtheNewLeviathan:TheContradictoryLegacyofBukharin’s TheoryoftheState.”NikolaiIvanovichBukharin:ACentenaryAppraisal ,editedby Kozlov,NicholasandEricD.Weitz,9698.NewYork:Praeger,1990. Zejmis,Jakup.“AlexanderBogdanov:ANietzscheanThinker?”Unpublishedpaper.

165